Document the fact that the assembler's alignment pseudo-ops can be issued without...
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b3adc24a 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b3adc24a 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b3adc24a 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2 233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
66f8b2cb 234 [@b{--gdwarf-cie-version}=@var{VERSION}]
b40bf0a2 235 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 238 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 239 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
240 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
241 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
242 [@b{--statistics}]
243 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
244 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
245 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 246 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 247 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 248 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
249 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
250 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 251@c
6387924a 252@c man end
a4fb0134 253@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 254@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 255@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
256@ifset AARCH64
257
258@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 260 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 261@end ifset
625e1353
RH
262@ifset ALPHA
263
264@emph{Target Alpha options:}
265 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
266 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 267 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
268 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
269 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
270@end ifset
252b5132 271@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
274 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
275 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
276 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 277 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
279@end ifset
280@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
281
282@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 283@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
285 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
286 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
287 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 288 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 289 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
290 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
291 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
292 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 293 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 294@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
295@ifset Blackfin
296
297@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
298 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
299 [@b{-mfdpic}]
300 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
301 [@b{-mnopic}]
302@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
303@ifset BPF
304
305@emph{Target BPF options:}
306 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
307@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
308@ifset CRIS
309
310@emph{Target CRIS options:}
311 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
312 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
313 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 314 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
315@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
316@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
317@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
318@ifset CSKY
319
320@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
321 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
322 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
323 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
324 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
325 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
326 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
327 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
328 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
329 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
331 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
333 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
334 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
335 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
336 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
337@end ifset
252b5132 338@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
339
340@emph{Target D10V options:}
341 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
342@end ifset
343@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
344
345@emph{Target D30V options:}
346 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
348@ifset EPIPHANY
349
350@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
351 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
352@end ifset
252b5132 353@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
354
355@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
356 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
357@end ifset
358@ifset HPPA
359@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
360@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
361@ifset I80386
362
363@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 364 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 365 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 366@end ifset
587fe2b3 367@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 368
9e32ca89
NC
369@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
370 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
371 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
372 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 373 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 374 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 375 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
376 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
377@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
378@ifset IP2K
379
380@emph{Target IP2K options:}
381 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
382@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
383@ifset M32C
384
385@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 386 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 387@end ifset
587fe2b3 388@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 389
a4fb0134
SC
390@emph{Target M32R options:}
391 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 392 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
397 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 398@end ifset
60bcf0fa 399@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 402 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
403 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
404 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 405 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
406 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
407 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
408@end ifset
409@ifset MCORE
410
411@emph{Target MCORE options:}
412 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
413 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 414@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
415@ifset METAG
416
417@emph{Target Meta options:}
418 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
419@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
420@ifset MICROBLAZE
421@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
422@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
423@end ifset
252b5132 424@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
425
426@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 427 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 429 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 430 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
431 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
432 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 433 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 434 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
435 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
436 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 437 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 438 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 439 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 440 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 441 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 442 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 443 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 444 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 445 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 446 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 447 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 448 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 449 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 450 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 451 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 452 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 453 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 454 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 455 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 456 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 457 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 458 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 459 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 460 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 461 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 462 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
463 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
464 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 465 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 466 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 467 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
468@end ifset
469@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
470
471@emph{Target MMIX options:}
472 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
473 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
474 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 475 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 476@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
477@ifset NIOSII
478
479@emph{Target Nios II options:}
480 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
481 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
482@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
483@ifset NDS32
484
485@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
486 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
487 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
488 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
489 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
490 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
491 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
492 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
493 [@b{-mb2bb}]
494@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
495@ifset OPENRISC
496@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
497@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
498@ifset PDP11
499
500@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
501 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
502 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 503 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
504@end ifset
505@ifset PJ
506
507@emph{Target picoJava options:}
508 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
509@end ifset
510@ifset PPC
511
512@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
513 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
514 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
515 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
516 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
517 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
518 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 519 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 520 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 521 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
522 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
523 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 524 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 525 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 526@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
527@ifset PRU
528
529@emph{Target PRU options:}
530 [@b{-link-relax}]
531 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
532 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
533@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
534@ifset RISCV
535
536@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
537 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
538 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
539 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
540@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
541@ifset RL78
542
543@emph{Target RL78 options:}
544 [@b{-mg10}]
545 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
546@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
547@ifset RX
548
549@emph{Target RX options:}
550 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 551 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
552 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
553 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
554 [@b{-mpid}]
555 [@b{-mrelax}]
556 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
557 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 558@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
559@ifset S390
560
561@emph{Target s390 options:}
562 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
563 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
564 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
565@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
566@ifset SCORE
567
568@emph{Target SCORE options:}
569 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
570 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
571 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
572 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
573@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
574@ifset SPARC
575
576@emph{Target SPARC options:}
577@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
578 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
579 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
580 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
581 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
582 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
583 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
584 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
585 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
586 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
587 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
588 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
589 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
590 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 591 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 592 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
593@end ifset
594@ifset TIC54X
595
596@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 597 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
598 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
599@end ifset
40b36596
JM
600@ifset TIC6X
601
602@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
603 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
604 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
605 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 606@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
607@ifset TILEGX
608
609@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 610 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
611@end ifset
612@ifset TILEPRO
613@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
614@end ifset
b6605ddd 615@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 616
b6605ddd
EB
617@emph{Target Visium options:}
618 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
619@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
620@ifset XTENSA
621
622@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
623 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
624 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
625 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
626 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
627 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 628 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 629@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
630@ifset Z80
631
632@emph{Target Z80 options:}
6655dba2
SB
633 [@b{-z80}]|[@b{-z180}]|[@b{-r800}]|[@b{-ez80}]|[@b{-ez80-adl}]
634 [@b{-strict}]|[@b{-full}]
635 [@b{-with-inst=@var{INST}[,...]}] [@b{-Wnins @var{INST}[,...]}]
636 [@b{-without-inst=@var{INST}[,...]}] [@b{-Fins @var{INST}[,...]}]
3c9b82ba
NC
637 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
638 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
639 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
640 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
641 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
642 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
643@end ifset
a4fb0134 644@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 645
a4fb0134 646@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 647@end ifset
e0001a05 648
0285c67d 649@c man end
252b5132
RH
650@end smallexample
651
0285c67d
NC
652@c man begin OPTIONS
653
a4fb0134 654@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 655@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 656
83f10cb2 657@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
658Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
659
a4fb0134 660@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
661@item -ac
662omit false conditionals
663
664@item -ad
665omit debugging directives
666
83f10cb2
NC
667@item -ag
668include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
669
252b5132
RH
670@item -ah
671include high-level source
672
673@item -al
674include assembly
675
676@item -am
677include macro expansions
678
679@item -an
680omit forms processing
681
682@item -as
683include symbols
684
685@item =file
686set the name of the listing file
687@end table
688
689You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
690listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
691the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
692
caa32fe5 693@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
694Begin in alternate macro mode.
695@ifclear man
696@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
697@end ifclear
caa32fe5 698
955974c6 699@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
700Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
701ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
702linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
703given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 704
151411f8
L
705@ifset ELF
706@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
707@item --compress-debug-sections=none
708@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
709@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
710@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
711These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
712@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
713@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
714@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 715@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 716@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
717@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
718sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
719@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
720@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
721
151411f8
L
722@end ifset
723
955974c6 724@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
725Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
726targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
727override this.
955974c6 728
252b5132
RH
729@item -D
730Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
731other assemblers.
732
3d6b762c
JM
733@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
734When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
735information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
736
252b5132
RH
737@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
738Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
739@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
740indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
741value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
742use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
743
744@item -f
745``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
746compiler output).
747
329e276d
NC
748@item -g
749@itemx --gen-debug
750Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
751debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
752ECOFF or DWARF2.
753
252b5132
RH
754@item --gstabs
755Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
756may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
757
05da4302
NC
758@item --gstabs+
759Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
760extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
761debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
762may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
763the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
764
329e276d 765@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 766Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 767may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 768option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 769
b40bf0a2
NC
770@item --gdwarf-sections
771Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
772.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
773corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
774will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
775@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
776then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
777suffix.
778
66f8b2cb
AB
779@item --gdwarf-cie-version=@var{version}
780Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced.
781When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets
782can modify this default. Other possible values for @var{version} are 3 or 4.
783
b8871f35 784@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
785@item --size-check=error
786@itemx --size-check=warning
787Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
788
b8871f35
L
789@item --elf-stt-common=no
790@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
791These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
792symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
793by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
794
795@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
796@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
797These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
798attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
799The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
800configure option.
801
b8871f35
L
802@end ifset
803
252b5132 804@item --help
a05a5b64 805Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 806
ea20a7da
CC
807@item --target-help
808Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
809
252b5132
RH
810@item -I @var{dir}
811Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
812
813@item -J
814Don't warn about signed overflow.
815
816@item -K
817@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
818This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
819@end ifclear
820@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
821Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
822@end ifset
823
824@item -L
825@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
826Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
827system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
828or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
829@ifclear man
830@xref{Symbol Names}.
831@end ifclear
252b5132 832
c3a27914
NC
833@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
834Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
835listing to @var{number}.
836
837@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
838Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
839lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
840
841@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
842Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
843@var{number} bytes.
844
845@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
846Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
847to @var{number} + 1.
848
2edb36e7
NC
849@item --no-pad-sections
850Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
851of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
852which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
853
252b5132 854@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 855Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
856
857@item -R
858Fold the data section into the text section.
859
d60646b9 860@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
861Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
862@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
863assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
864memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
865requirements at the expense of speed.
866
867@item --reduce-memory-overheads
868This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
869assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
870@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
871
451133ce
NP
872@ifset ELF
873@item --sectname-subst
874Honor substitution sequences in section names.
875@ifclear man
876@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
877@end ifclear
878@end ifset
879
252b5132
RH
880@item --statistics
881Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
882assembly.
883
884@item --strip-local-absolute
885Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
886
887@item -v
888@itemx -version
a4fb0134 889Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
890
891@item --version
a4fb0134 892Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
893
894@item -W
2bdd6cf5 895@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
896Suppress warning messages.
897
2bdd6cf5
GK
898@item --fatal-warnings
899Treat warnings as errors.
900
901@item --warn
902Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
903
252b5132
RH
904@item -w
905Ignored.
906
907@item -x
908Ignored.
909
910@item -Z
911Generate an object file even after errors.
912
913@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
914Standard input, or source files to assemble.
915
916@end table
2a633939
JM
917@c man end
918
a06ea964
NC
919@ifset AARCH64
920
921@ifclear man
922@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
923for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
924@end ifclear
925
926@ifset man
927@c man begin OPTIONS
928The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
92964-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
930@c man end
931@c man begin INCLUDE
932@include c-aarch64.texi
933@c ended inside the included file
934@end ifset
935
936@end ifset
937
2a633939
JM
938@ifset ALPHA
939
940@ifclear man
941@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
942for an Alpha processor.
943@end ifclear
944
945@ifset man
946@c man begin OPTIONS
947The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
948processor.
949@c man end
950@c man begin INCLUDE
951@include c-alpha.texi
952@c ended inside the included file
953@end ifset
954
955@end ifset
252b5132 956
2a633939 957@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 958@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
959The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
960processor.
252b5132 961
a4fb0134 962@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 963@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
964This option selects the core processor variant.
965@item -EB | -EL
966Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
967@item -mcode-density
968Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
969@end table
970@end ifset
971
972@ifset ARM
973The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
974processor family.
975
a4fb0134 976@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 977@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 978Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 979@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 980Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 981@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 982Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
983@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
984Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
985@item -mthumb
986Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 987@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
988Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
989@item -EB | -EL
990Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
991@item -mthumb-interwork
992Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
993ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
994@item -mccs
995Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
996@item -k
997Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
998@end table
999@end ifset
635fb38d 1000@c man end
252b5132 1001
9982501a 1002@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
1003
1004@ifclear man
1005@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1006configured for the Blackfin processor family.
1007@end ifclear
1008
1009@ifset man
1010@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1011The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1012the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1013@c man end
1014@c man begin INCLUDE
1015@include c-bfin.texi
1016@c ended inside the included file
1017@end ifset
9982501a 1018
9982501a
JZ
1019@end ifset
1020
f8861f5d
JM
1021@ifset BPF
1022
1023@ifclear man
1024@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1025configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1026@end ifclear
1027
1028@ifset man
1029@c man begin OPTIONS
1030The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1031the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1032@c man end
1033@c man begin INCLUDE
1034@include c-bpf.texi
1035@c ended inside the included file
1036@end ifset
1037
1038@end ifset
1039
635fb38d 1040@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1041@ifset CRIS
1042See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1043@end ifset
1044
b8891f8d
AJ
1045@ifset CSKY
1046
1047@ifclear man
1048@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1049configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1050@end ifclear
1051
1052@ifset man
1053@c man begin OPTIONS
1054The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1055the C-SKY processor family.
1056@c man end
1057@c man begin INCLUDE
1058@include c-csky.texi
1059@c ended inside the included file
1060@end ifset
1061
1062@end ifset
1063
252b5132
RH
1064@ifset D10V
1065The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1066a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1067@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1068@cindex D10V optimization
1069@cindex optimization, D10V
1070@item -O
1071Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1072@end table
1073@end ifset
1074
1075@ifset D30V
1076The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1077processor.
a4fb0134 1078@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1079@cindex D30V optimization
1080@cindex optimization, D30V
1081@item -O
1082Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1083
1084@cindex D30V nops
1085@item -n
1086Warn when nops are generated.
1087
1088@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1089@item -N
1090Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1091@end table
1092@end ifset
731caf76
L
1093@c man end
1094
cfb8c092
NC
1095@ifset EPIPHANY
1096The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1097Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1098
56b13185
JR
1099@ifclear man
1100@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1101configured for an Epiphany processor.
1102@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1103
56b13185
JR
1104@ifset man
1105@c man begin OPTIONS
1106The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1107an Epiphany processor.
1108@c man end
1109@c man begin INCLUDE
1110@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1111@c ended inside the included file
1112@end ifset
1113
1114@end ifset
1115
1116@ifset H8300
1117
1118@ifclear man
1119@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1120for an H8/300 processor.
1121@end ifclear
1122
1123@ifset man
1124@c man begin OPTIONS
1125The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1126processor.
1127@c man end
1128@c man begin INCLUDE
1129@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1130@c ended inside the included file
1131@end ifset
cfb8c092 1132
cfb8c092
NC
1133@end ifset
1134
731caf76 1135@ifset I80386
252b5132 1136
731caf76
L
1137@ifclear man
1138@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1139configured for an i386 processor.
1140@end ifclear
1141
1142@ifset man
1143@c man begin OPTIONS
1144The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1145an i386 processor.
1146@c man end
1147@c man begin INCLUDE
1148@include c-i386.texi
1149@c ended inside the included file
1150@end ifset
1151
1152@end ifset
1153
1154@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1155@ifset IP2K
1156The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1157Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1158
1159@table @gcctabopt
1160
1161@item -mip2022ext
1162Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1163
1164@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1165Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1166just the basic IP2022 ones.
1167
1168@end table
1169@end ifset
1170
49f58d10
JB
1171@ifset M32C
1172The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1173Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1174
1175@table @gcctabopt
1176
1177@item -m32c
1178Assemble M32C instructions.
1179
1180@item -m16c
1181Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1182
c54b5932
DD
1183@item -relax
1184Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1185
1186@item -h-tick-hex
1187Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1188
49f58d10
JB
1189@end table
1190@end ifset
1191
ec694b89
NC
1192@ifset M32R
1193The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1194Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1195
a4fb0134 1196@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1197
1198@item --m32rx
1199Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1200is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1201
1202@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1203Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1204encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1205
1206@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1207Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1208encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1209
1210@end table
1211@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1212
1213@ifset M680X0
1214The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1215Motorola 68000 series.
1216
a4fb0134 1217@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1218
1219@item -l
1220Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1221
0285c67d
NC
1222@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1223@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1224@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1225Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1226is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1227
1228@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1229The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1230The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1231the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1232two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1233coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1234
1235@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1236The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1237unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1238
1239@end table
1240@end ifset
1241
36591ba1
SL
1242@ifset NIOSII
1243
1244@ifclear man
1245@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1246for an Altera Nios II processor.
1247@end ifclear
1248
1249@ifset man
1250@c man begin OPTIONS
1251The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1252Altera Nios II processor.
1253@c man end
1254@c man begin INCLUDE
1255@include c-nios2.texi
1256@c ended inside the included file
1257@end ifset
1258@end ifset
1259
e135f41b
NC
1260@ifset PDP11
1261
1262For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1263see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1264
a4fb0134 1265@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1266@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1267Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1268default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1269
1270@item -mall
1271@itemx -mall-extensions
1272Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1273
1274@item -mno-extensions
1275Disable all instruction set extensions.
1276
1277@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1278Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1279
1280@item -m@var{cpu}
1281Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1282disable all other extensions.
1283
1284@item -m@var{machine}
1285Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1286model, and disable all other extensions.
1287@end table
1288
1289@end ifset
1290
041dd5a9
ILT
1291@ifset PJ
1292The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1293a picoJava processor.
1294
a4fb0134 1295@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1296
1297@cindex PJ endianness
1298@cindex endianness, PJ
1299@cindex big endian output, PJ
1300@item -mb
1301Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1302
1303@cindex little endian output, PJ
1304@item -ml
1305Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1306
1307@end table
1308@end ifset
1309
93f11b16
DD
1310@ifset PRU
1311
1312@ifclear man
1313@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1314for a PRU processor.
1315@end ifclear
1316
1317@ifset man
1318@c man begin OPTIONS
1319The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1320PRU processor.
1321@c man end
1322@c man begin INCLUDE
1323@include c-pru.texi
1324@c ended inside the included file
1325@end ifset
1326@end ifset
1327
60bcf0fa
NC
1328@ifset M68HC11
1329The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1330Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1331
a4fb0134 1332@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1333
6927f982 1334@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1335Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1336defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1337
6927f982
NC
1338@item --xgate-ramoffset
1339Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1340XGATE address space.
1341
2f904664
SC
1342@item -mshort
1343Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1344
1345@item -mlong
01642c12 1346Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1347
1348@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1349Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1350
1351@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1352Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1353
1370e33d 1354@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1355Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1356conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1357sub routine.
1358
1370e33d
NC
1359@item -S | --short-branches
1360Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1361when the offset is out of range.
1362
1363@item --strict-direct-mode
1364Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1365when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1366
1367@item --print-insn-syntax
1368Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1369
1370@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1371Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1372
1373@item --generate-example
6927f982 1374Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1375This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1376
1377@end table
1378@end ifset
1379
252b5132 1380@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1381The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1382for the SPARC architecture:
1383
a4fb0134 1384@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1385@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1386@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1387Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1388
1389@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1390@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1391
1392@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1393UltraSPARC extensions.
1394
1395@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1396For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1397equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1398
1399@item -bump
1400Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1401@end table
1402@end ifset
1403
39bec121
TW
1404@ifset TIC54X
1405The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1406architecture.
39bec121 1407
a4fb0134 1408@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1409@item -mfar-mode
1410Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1411extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1412@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1413Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1414@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1415Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1416behaviour in the shell.
1417@end table
1418@end ifset
1419
252b5132 1420@ifset MIPS
73201331 1421@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1422The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1423a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1424
a4fb0134 1425@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1426@item -G @var{num}
1427This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1428implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1429use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1430
1431@cindex MIPS endianness
1432@cindex endianness, MIPS
1433@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1434@item -EB
1435Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1436
1437@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1438@item -EL
1439Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1440
1441@cindex MIPS ISA
1442@item -mips1
1443@itemx -mips2
1444@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1445@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1446@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1447@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1448@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1449@itemx -mips32r3
1450@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1451@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1452@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1453@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1454@itemx -mips64r3
1455@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1456@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1457Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1458@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1459alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1460@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1461@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1462@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1463@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1464MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1465Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1466MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1467
98508b2a
RS
1468@item -march=@var{cpu}
1469Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1470
1471@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1472Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1473
1474@item -mfix7000
1475@itemx -mno-fix7000
1476Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1477of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1478
a8d14a88
CM
1479@item -mfix-rm7000
1480@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1481Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1482followed by a load instruction.
1483
27c634e0
FN
1484@item -mfix-r5900
1485@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1486Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1487of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1488instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1489instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1490execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1491
ecb4347a
DJ
1492@item -mdebug
1493@itemx -no-mdebug
1494Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1495section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1496
dcd410fe
RO
1497@item -mpdr
1498@itemx -mno-pdr
1499Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1500
437ee9d5
TS
1501@item -mgp32
1502@itemx -mfp32
1503The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1504flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1505all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1506and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1507
351cdf24
MF
1508@item -mgp64
1509@itemx -mfp64
1510The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1511flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1512all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1513and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1514
1515@item -mfpxx
1516The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1517this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1518which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
151932 or 64 bits wide.
1520
1521@item -modd-spreg
1522@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1523Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1524registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1525@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1526
437ee9d5
TS
1527@item -mips16
1528@itemx -no-mips16
1529Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1530@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1531turns off this option.
252b5132 1532
25499ac7
MR
1533@item -mmips16e2
1534@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1535Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1536to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1537@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1538
df58fc94
RS
1539@item -mmicromips
1540@itemx -mno-micromips
1541Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1542@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1543@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1544@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1545
e16bfa71
TS
1546@item -msmartmips
1547@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1548Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1549equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1550file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1551
1f25f5d3
CD
1552@item -mips3d
1553@itemx -no-mips3d
1554Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1555This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1556@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1557
deec1734
CD
1558@item -mdmx
1559@itemx -no-mdmx
1560Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1561This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1562@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1563
2ef2b9ae
CF
1564@item -mdsp
1565@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1566Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1567This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1568@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1569
8b082fb1
TS
1570@item -mdspr2
1571@itemx -mno-dspr2
1572Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1573This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1574This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1575@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1576
8f4f9071
MF
1577@item -mdspr3
1578@itemx -mno-dspr3
1579Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1580This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1581This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1582@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1583
56d438b1
CF
1584@item -mmsa
1585@itemx -mno-msa
1586Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1587This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1588@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1589
7d64c587
AB
1590@item -mxpa
1591@itemx -mno-xpa
1592Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1593This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1594@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1595
ef2e4d86
CF
1596@item -mmt
1597@itemx -mno-mt
1598Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1599This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1600@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1601
dec0624d
MR
1602@item -mmcu
1603@itemx -mno-mcu
1604Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1605This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1606@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1607
730c3174
SE
1608@item -mcrc
1609@itemx -mno-crc
1610Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1611Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1612@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1613
6f20c942
FS
1614@item -mginv
1615@itemx -mno-ginv
1616Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1617Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1618@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1619
8095d2f7
CX
1620@item -mloongson-mmi
1621@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1622Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1623Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1624instructions.
1625@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1626
716c08de
CX
1627@item -mloongson-cam
1628@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1629Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1630This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1631@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1632
bdc6c06e
CX
1633@item -mloongson-ext
1634@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1635Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1636This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1637@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1638
a693765e
CX
1639@item -mloongson-ext2
1640@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1641Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1642This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1643This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1644@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1645
833794fc
MR
1646@item -minsn32
1647@itemx -mno-insn32
1648Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1649microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1650instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1651the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1652option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1653start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1654selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1655
437ee9d5
TS
1656@item --construct-floats
1657@itemx --no-construct-floats
1658The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1659double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1660value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1661the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1662selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1663
3bf0dbfb
MR
1664@item --relax-branch
1665@itemx --no-relax-branch
1666The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1667branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1668out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1669
8b10b0b3
MR
1670@item -mignore-branch-isa
1671@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1672Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1673semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1674most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1675same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1676checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1677modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1678default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1679branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1680
ba92f887
MR
1681@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1682Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1683(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1684
252b5132
RH
1685@cindex emulation
1686@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1687This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1688on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1689removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1690It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1691
1692The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1693@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1694is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1695big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1696preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1697
1698@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1699@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1700the native tools.
1701
252b5132
RH
1702@item --trap
1703@itemx --no-trap
1704@itemx --break
1705@itemx --no-break
1706Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1707@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1708(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1709@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1710break exception.
63486801
L
1711
1712@item -n
a4fb0134 1713When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1714time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1715@end table
73201331 1716@c man end
252b5132
RH
1717@end ifset
1718
1719@ifset MCORE
1720The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1721an MCore processor.
1722
a4fb0134 1723@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1724@item -jsri2bsr
1725@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1726Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1727The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1728
1729@item -sifilter
1730@itemx -nosifilter
1731Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1732The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1733
1734@item -relax
1735Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1736
ec694b89
NC
1737@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1738Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1739can be assembled.
1740
1741@item -EB
1742Assemble for a big endian target.
1743
1744@item -EL
1745Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1746
1747@end table
1748@end ifset
a3c62988 1749@c man end
252b5132 1750
a3c62988
NC
1751@ifset METAG
1752
1753@ifclear man
1754@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1755for a Meta processor.
1756@end ifclear
1757
1758@ifset man
1759@c man begin OPTIONS
1760The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1761Meta processor.
1762@c man end
1763@c man begin INCLUDE
1764@include c-metag.texi
1765@c ended inside the included file
1766@end ifset
1767
1768@end ifset
1769
1770@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1771@ifset MMIX
1772See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1773@end ifset
1774
35c08157
KLC
1775@ifset NDS32
1776
1777@ifclear man
1778@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1779for a NDS32 processor.
1780@end ifclear
1781@c ended inside the included file
1782@end ifset
1783
1784@ifset man
1785@c man begin OPTIONS
1786The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1787NDS32 processor.
1788@c man end
1789@c man begin INCLUDE
1790@include c-nds32.texi
1791@c ended inside the included file
1792@end ifset
1793
635fb38d 1794@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1795@ifset PPC
1796
1797@ifclear man
1798@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1799for a PowerPC processor.
1800@end ifclear
1801
1802@ifset man
1803@c man begin OPTIONS
1804The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1805PowerPC processor.
1806@c man end
1807@c man begin INCLUDE
1808@include c-ppc.texi
1809@c ended inside the included file
1810@end ifset
1811
1812@end ifset
1813
e23eba97
NC
1814@ifset RISCV
1815
1816@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1817@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1818for a RISC-V processor.
1819@end ifclear
1820
1821@ifset man
1822@c man begin OPTIONS
1823The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1824RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1825@c man end
1826@c man begin INCLUDE
1827@include c-riscv.texi
1828@c ended inside the included file
1829@end ifset
1830
1831@end ifset
1832
635fb38d 1833@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1834@ifset RX
1835See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1836@end ifset
1837
11c19e16
MS
1838@ifset S390
1839The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1840processor family.
1841
1842@table @gcctabopt
1843@item -m31
1844@itemx -m64
1845Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1846@item -mesa
1847@item -mzarch
1848Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1849Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1850@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1851Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1852@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1853@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1854@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
46e292ab
AK
1855@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), or @samp{z15}
1856(or @samp{arch13}).
11c19e16
MS
1857@item -mregnames
1858@itemx -mno-regnames
1859Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1860@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1861Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1862but evaluates to zero.
1863@end table
1864@end ifset
2a633939 1865@c man end
11c19e16 1866
40b36596 1867@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1868
1869@ifclear man
1870@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1871for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1872@end ifclear
1873
1874@ifset man
1875@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1876The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1877TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1878@c man end
1879@c man begin INCLUDE
1880@include c-tic6x.texi
1881@c ended inside the included file
1882@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1883
1884@end ifset
1885
aa137e4d
NC
1886@ifset TILEGX
1887
1888@ifclear man
1889@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1890for a TILE-Gx processor.
1891@end ifclear
1892
1893@ifset man
1894@c man begin OPTIONS
1895The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1896processor.
1897@c man end
1898@c man begin INCLUDE
1899@include c-tilegx.texi
1900@c ended inside the included file
1901@end ifset
1902
1903@end ifset
1904
b6605ddd
EB
1905@ifset VISIUM
1906
1907@ifclear man
1908@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1909for a Visium processor.
1910@end ifclear
1911
1912@ifset man
1913@c man begin OPTIONS
1914The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1915processor.
1916@c man end
1917@c man begin INCLUDE
1918@include c-visium.texi
1919@c ended inside the included file
1920@end ifset
1921
1922@end ifset
1923
e0001a05 1924@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1925
2d8b84ae
SA
1926@ifclear man
1927@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1928for an Xtensa processor.
1929@end ifclear
1930
1931@ifset man
1932@c man begin OPTIONS
1933The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1934Xtensa processor.
1935@c man end
1936@c man begin INCLUDE
1937@include c-xtensa.texi
1938@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1939@end ifset
1940
2d8b84ae
SA
1941@end ifset
1942
1943@c man begin OPTIONS
1944
3c9b82ba
NC
1945@ifset Z80
1946The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1947a Z80 family processor.
1948@table @gcctabopt
6655dba2 1949
3c9b82ba
NC
1950@item -z80
1951Assemble for Z80 processor.
1952@item -r800
1953Assemble for R800 processor.
6655dba2
SB
1954@item -z180
1955Assemble for Z180 processor.
1956@item -ez80
1957Assemble for eZ80 processor in Z80 memory mode by default.
1958@item -ez80-adl
1959Assemble for eZ80 processor in ADL memory mode by default.
1960
1961@item @code{-colonless}
1962Accept colonless labels. All names at line begin are treated as labels.
1963@item @code{-sdcc}
1964Accept assembler code produces by SDCC.
1965
1966@item @code{-strict}
1967Accept documented instructions only.
1968@item @code{-full}
1969Accept all known Z80 instructions.
1970@item @code{-with-inst=INST[,...]}
1971@itemx @code{-Wnins INST[,...]}
1972Enable specified undocumented instruction(s).
1973@item @code{-without-inst=INST[,...]}
1974@itemx @code{-Fins INST[,...]}
1975Disable specified undocumented instruction(s).
1976
01642c12 1977@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1978@itemx -Wnud
1979Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1980@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1981@itemx -Wnup
1982Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1983@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1984@itemx -Wud
1985Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1986@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1987@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1988Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1989@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1990@itemx -Fud
1991Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1992@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1993@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1994Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba 1995@end table
6655dba2
SB
1996
1997Folowing undocumented instructions may be enabled/disabled by
1998@code{-with-inst}/@code{-without-inst}:
1999@table @gcctabopt
2000@item @code{idx-reg-halves}
2001All operations with halves of index registers (IXL, IXH, IYL, IYH).
2002@item @code{sli}
2003SLI or SLL instruction.
2004@item @code{op-ii-ld}
2005Istructions like @code{<op> (<ii>+<d>),<r>}, where @code{<op>}
2006is shift or bit manipulation instruction (RLC, SLA, SET, RES...).
2007@item @code{in-f-c}
2008Instruction @code{IN F,(C)}.
2009@item @code{out-c-0}
2010Instruction @code{OUT (C),0}
2011@end table
3c9b82ba
NC
2012@end ifset
2013
0285c67d
NC
2014@c man end
2015
252b5132
RH
2016@menu
2017* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
2018* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
2019* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
2020* Command Line:: Command Line
2021* Input Files:: Input Files
2022* Object:: Output (Object) File
2023* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
2024@end menu
2025
2026@node Manual
2027@section Structure of this Manual
2028
2029@cindex manual, structure and purpose
2030This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 2031@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 2032notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 2033@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2034
2035@ifclear GENERIC
2036We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 2037configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
2038@end ifclear
2039@ifset GENERIC
2040This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
2041various flavors of the assembler.
2042@end ifset
2043
2044@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
2045On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
2046to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
2047In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
2048architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
2049mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2050particular architecture.
2051@ifset GENERIC
2052You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2053machine architecture manual for this information.
2054@end ifset
2055@ifclear GENERIC
2056@ifset H8/300
2057For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2058Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2059Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2060@end ifset
252b5132 2061@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2062For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2063see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2064@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2065@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2066@end ifset
2067@ifset Z8000
2068For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2069@end ifset
2070@end ifclear
2071
2072@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2073@ignore
2074Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2075the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2076Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2077computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2078once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2079qualification.
2080
a4fb0134 2081@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2082human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2083computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2084@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2085@end ignore
2086
2087@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2088@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2089@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2090@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2091@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2092@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2093@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2094@c directives).
2095
2096@node GNU Assembler
2097@section The GNU Assembler
2098
0285c67d
NC
2099@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2100
a4fb0134 2101@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2102@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2103This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2104configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2105@end ifclear
2106If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2107should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2108architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2109including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2110@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2111
2112@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2113@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2114@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2115@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2116assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2117machine would assemble.
2118@ifset VAX
2119Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2120@end ifset
2121@ifset M680X0
2122@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2123@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2124This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2125assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2126incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2127@end ifset
2128
0285c67d
NC
2129@c man end
2130
a4fb0134 2131Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2132program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2133@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2134
2135@node Object Formats
2136@section Object File Formats
2137
2138@cindex object file format
2139The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2140object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2141write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2142are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2143Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2144@ifclear GENERIC
2145@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2146For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2147@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2148@end ifclear
2149@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2150@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2151On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2152SOM or ELF format object files.
2153@end ifset
2154@end ifclear
2155
2156@node Command Line
2157@section Command Line
2158
2159@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2160
a4fb0134 2161After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2162options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2163before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2164significant.
2165
2166@cindex standard input, as input file
2167@kindex --
2168@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2169explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2170
2171@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2172Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2173hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2174@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2175option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2176the letter is important. All options are optional.
2177
2178Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2179name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2180with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2181standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2182
2183@smallexample
2184@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2185@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2186@end smallexample
2187
2188@node Input Files
2189@section Input Files
2190
2191@cindex input
2192@cindex source program
2193@cindex files, input
2194We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2195describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2196be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2197doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2198
2199@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2200@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2201The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2202order specified.
2203
0285c67d 2204@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2205Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2206program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2207(The standard input is also a file.)
2208
a4fb0134 2209You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2210names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2211command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2212is taken to be an input file name.
2213
a4fb0134
SC
2214If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2215from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2216may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2217to assemble.
2218
2219Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2220in your command line.
2221
a4fb0134 2222If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2223file.
2224
0285c67d
NC
2225@c man end
2226
252b5132
RH
2227@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2228
2229@cindex input file linenumbers
2230@cindex line numbers, in input files
2231There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2232either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2233number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2234``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2235
2236@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2237to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2238
2239@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2240directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2241error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2242is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2243@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2244@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2245
2246@node Object
2247@section Output (Object) File
2248
2249@cindex object file
2250@cindex output file
2251@kindex a.out
2252@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2253Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2254your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2255is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2256You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2257object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2258reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2259directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2260possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2261
2262@cindex linker
2263@kindex ld
2264The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2265assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2266the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2267information for the debugger.
2268
2269@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2270@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2271
2272@node Errors
2273@section Error and Warning Messages
2274
0285c67d
NC
2275@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2276
a349d9dd 2277@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2278@cindex warning messages
2279@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2280@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2281file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2282runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2283that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2284grave problem that stops the assembly.
2285
0285c67d
NC
2286@c man end
2287
252b5132
RH
2288@cindex format of warning messages
2289Warning messages have the format
2290
2291@smallexample
2292file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2293@end smallexample
2294
2295@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2296@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2297(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2298(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2299@ifset GENERIC
2300(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2301@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2302have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2303in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2304intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2305
2306Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2307directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2308
2309@smallexample
2310 .file 2 "bar.c"
2311 error_assembler_source
2312 .file "foo.c"
2313 .line 30
2314 error_c_source
2315@end smallexample
2316
2317produces this output:
2318
2319@smallexample
2320 Assembler messages:
2321 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2322 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2323@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2324
2325@cindex format of error messages
2326Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2327
252b5132
RH
2328@smallexample
2329file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2330@end smallexample
72e0b254 2331
252b5132
RH
2332The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2333messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2334because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2335
2336@node Invoking
2337@chapter Command-Line Options
2338
2339@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2340This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2341versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2342for options specific
252b5132 2343@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2344to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2345@end ifclear
2346@ifset GENERIC
2347to particular machine architectures.
2348@end ifset
2349
0285c67d
NC
2350@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2351
c1253627 2352If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2353you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2354The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2355by commas. For example:
2356
2357@smallexample
2358gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2359@end smallexample
2360
2361@noindent
2362This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2363standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2364local symbols in the symbol table).
2365
2366Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2367command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2368(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2369precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2370assembler.)
2371
0285c67d
NC
2372@c man end
2373
252b5132 2374@menu
83f10cb2 2375* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2376* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2377* D:: -D for compatibility
2378* f:: -f to work faster
2379* I:: -I for .include search path
2380@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2381* K:: -K for compatibility
2382@end ifclear
2383@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2384* K:: -K for difference tables
2385@end ifset
2386
ba83aca1 2387* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2388* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2389* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2390* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2391* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2392* o:: -o to name the object file
2393* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2394* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2395* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2396* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2397* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2398* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2399@end menu
2400
2401@node a
83f10cb2 2402@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2403
2404@kindex -a
2405@kindex -ac
2406@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2407@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2408@kindex -ah
2409@kindex -al
2410@kindex -an
2411@kindex -as
2412@cindex listings, enabling
2413@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2414
2415These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2416@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2417You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2418@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2419@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2420@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2421High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2422@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2423also.
2424
83f10cb2
NC
2425Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2426information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2427
252b5132
RH
2428Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2429which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2430other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2431omitted from the listing.
2432
2433Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2434listing.
2435
2436Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2437listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2438@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2439@code{.sbttl}.
2440The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2441If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2442listing-control directives have no effect.
2443
2444The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2445@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2446
96e9638b
BW
2447Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2448because it
a05a5b64 2449is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2450is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2451directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2452stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2453memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2454
caa32fe5
NC
2455@node alternate
2456@section @option{--alternate}
2457
2458@kindex --alternate
2459Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2460
252b5132 2461@node D
a4fb0134 2462@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2463
2464@kindex -D
2465This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2466likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2467@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2468
2469@node f
a4fb0134 2470@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2471
2472@kindex -f
2473@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2474@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2475@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2476(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2477and comment preprocessing on
2478the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2479,Preprocessing}.
2480
2481@quotation
2482@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2483preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2484not work correctly.
2485@end quotation
2486
2487@node I
c1253627 2488@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2489
2490@kindex -I @var{path}
2491@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2492@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2493@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2494Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2495@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2496directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2497many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2498working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2499searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2500specified (left to right) on the command line.
2501
2502@node K
a4fb0134 2503@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2504
2505@kindex -K
2506@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2507On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2508permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2509where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2510generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2511family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2512alteration on other platforms.
2513@end ifclear
2514
2515@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2516@cindex difference tables, warning
2517@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2518@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2519form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2520You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2521is done.
2522@end ifset
2523
2524@node L
ba83aca1 2525@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2526
2527@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2528@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2529Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2530@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2531called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2532such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2533programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2534notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2535such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2536
2537This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2538in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2539@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2540
c3a27914 2541@node listing
a4fb0134 2542@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2543
a05a5b64 2544The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2545@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2546hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2547them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2548directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2549@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2550@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2551@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2552
a4fb0134 2553@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2554@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2555@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2556@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2557Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2558dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2559
2560@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2561@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2562@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2563Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2564a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2565the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2566switch is used the default is to one.
2567
2568@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2569@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2570@cindex Width of source line output
2571Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2572alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2573source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2574
2575@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2576@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2577@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2578Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2579displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2580@end table
2581
252b5132 2582@node M
a4fb0134 2583@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2584
2585@kindex -M
2586@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2587The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2588changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2589compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2590The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2591MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2592information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2593arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2594assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2595
2596The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2597depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2598file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2599individually. These are:
2600
2601@itemize @bullet
2602@item global symbols in common section
2603
2604The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2605Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2606common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2607symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2608symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2609
2610@item complex relocations
2611
2612The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2613relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2614are not support by other object file formats.
2615
2616@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2617
2618The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2619This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2620instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2621script.
2622
2623@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2624
2625The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2626name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2627
2628@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2629
2630The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2631address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2632which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2633not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2634assigned within a linker script.
2635@end itemize
2636
2637There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2638@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2639seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2640
2641@itemize @bullet
2642
2643@item EBCDIC strings
2644
2645EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2646
2647@item packed binary coded decimal
2648
2649Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2650and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2651
2652@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2653
2654The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2655
2656@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2657
2658The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2659
2660@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2661
2662The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2663@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2664relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2665these options serve no purpose.
2666
2667@item @code{OPT} list control options
2668
2669The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2670@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2671@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2672
2673@item other @code{OPT} options
2674
2675The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2676@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2677
2678@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2679
2680The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2681@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2682
2683@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2684
2685The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2686
252b5132
RH
2687@end itemize
2688
2689@node MD
c1253627 2690@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2691
2692@kindex --MD
2693@cindex dependency tracking
2694@cindex make rules
2695
a4fb0134 2696@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2697file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2698dependencies of the main source file.
2699
2700The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2701
2702This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2703
2edb36e7
NC
2704@node no-pad-sections
2705@section Output Section Padding
2706@kindex --no-pad-sections
2707@cindex output section padding
2708Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2709alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2710memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2711disable this behaviour.
2712
252b5132 2713@node o
a4fb0134 2714@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2715
2716@kindex -o
2717@cindex naming object file
2718@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2719There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2720default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2721You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2722object file a different name.
2723
a4fb0134 2724Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2725existing file of the same name.
2726
2727@node R
a4fb0134 2728@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2729
2730@kindex -R
2731@cindex data and text sections, joining
2732@cindex text and data sections, joining
2733@cindex joining text and data sections
2734@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2735@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2736data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2737the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2738section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2739your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2740appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2741
a4fb0134 2742When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2743address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2744data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2745older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2746
c1253627
NC
2747@ifset COFF-ELF
2748When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2749this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2750@samp{.data}.
2751@end ifset
2752
2753@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2754@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2755@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2756@end ifset
2757
2758@node statistics
a4fb0134 2759@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2760
2761@kindex --statistics
2762@cindex statistics, about assembly
2763@cindex time, total for assembly
2764@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2765Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2766@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2767(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2768seconds).
2769
2770@node traditional-format
c1253627 2771@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2772
2773@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2774For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2775from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2776@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2777
2778For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2779@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2780
2781@node v
a4fb0134 2782@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2783
2784@kindex -v
2785@kindex -version
2786@cindex assembler version
2787@cindex version of assembler
2788You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2789option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2790command line.
2791
2792@node W
a4fb0134 2793@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2794
a4fb0134 2795@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2796assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2797cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2798made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2799
c1253627
NC
2800@kindex -W
2801@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2802@cindex suppressing warnings
2803@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2804If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2805This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2806how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2807are still reported.
2808
c1253627 2809@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2810@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2811@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2812If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2813files that generate warnings to be in error.
2814
c1253627 2815@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2816@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2817You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2818causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2819
2820@node Z
a4fb0134 2821@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2822@cindex object file, after errors
2823@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2824After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2825some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2826@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2827option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2828writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2829errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2830
2831@node Syntax
2832@chapter Syntax
2833
2834@cindex machine-independent syntax
2835@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2836This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2837source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2838assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2839@ifclear VAX
2840assembler.
2841@end ifclear
2842@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2843assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2844@end ifset
2845
2846@menu
7c31ae13 2847* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2848* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2849* Comments:: Comments
2850* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2851* Statements:: Statements
2852* Constants:: Constants
2853@end menu
2854
2855@node Preprocessing
2856@section Preprocessing
2857
2858@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2859The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2860@itemize @bullet
2861@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2862@item
2863adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2864the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2865a single space.
2866
2867@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2868@item
2869removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2870appropriate number of newlines.
2871
2872@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2873@item
2874converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2875@end itemize
2876
2877It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2878anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2879do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2880(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2881to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2882@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2883Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2884
2885Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2886cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2887preprocessed.
2888
2889@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2890@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2891@kindex #NO_APP
2892@kindex #APP
2893If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2894@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2895Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2896specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2897text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2898@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2899@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2900and whitespace.
2901
2902@node Whitespace
2903@section Whitespace
2904
2905@cindex whitespace
2906@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2907Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2908people to read. Unless within character constants
2909(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2910as exactly one space.
2911
2912@node Comments
2913@section Comments
2914
2915@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2916There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2917cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2918
2919Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2920This means you may not nest these comments.
2921
2922@smallexample
2923/*
2924 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2925 is to use this sort of comment.
2926*/
2927
2928/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2929@end smallexample
2930
2931@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2932Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2933considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2934specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2935line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2936line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2937comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2938upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2939@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2940
2941If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2942special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2943to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2944
2945@kindex #
2946@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2947@cindex logical line numbers
2948To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2949special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2950expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2951line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2952new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2953
2954If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2955the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2956
2957@smallexample
2958 # This is an ordinary comment.
2959# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2960 # This is logical line # 36.
2961@end smallexample
2962This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2963of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2964
2965@node Symbol Intro
2966@section Symbols
2967
2968@cindex characters used in symbols
2969@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2970A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2971letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2972@samp{_.$}.
2973@end ifclear
2974@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2975@ifclear GENERIC
2976@ifset H8
2977A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2978letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2979@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2980symbol names.)
2981@end ifset
2982@end ifclear
2983@end ifset
2984@ifset GENERIC
2985On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2986are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2987@end ifset
2988No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2989There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2990are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2991beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2992of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2993
2994Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2995cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2996quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2997backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2998@cindex length of symbols
2999
3000@node Statements
3001@section Statements
3002
3003@cindex statements, structure of
3004@cindex line separator character
3005@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
3006
3007A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
3008@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
3009specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
3010target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
3011The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
3012preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 3013exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
3014
3015@cindex newline, required at file end
3016@cindex EOF, newline must precede
3017It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
3018character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
3019
3020An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
3021
3022@cindex instructions and directives
3023@cindex directives and instructions
3024@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
3025@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
3026@c 13feb91.
3027A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
3028key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
3029symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
3030symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
3031directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
3032a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
3033assembles into a machine language instruction.
3034@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3035Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
3036recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
3037represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
3038language.@refill
3039@end ifset
3040
3041@cindex @code{:} (label)
3042@cindex label (@code{:})
3043A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
3044Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
3045have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
3046
3047@ifset HPPA
01642c12 3048For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
3049the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3050only one label may be defined on each line.
3051@end ifset
3052
3053@smallexample
3054label: .directive followed by something
3055another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3056 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3057@end smallexample
3058
3059@node Constants
3060@section Constants
3061
3062@cindex constants
3063A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3064inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3065@smallexample
3066@group
3067.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3068.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3069.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3070.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
307195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3072@end group
3073@end smallexample
3074
3075@menu
3076* Characters:: Character Constants
3077* Numbers:: Number Constants
3078@end menu
3079
3080@node Characters
3081@subsection Character Constants
3082
3083@cindex character constants
3084@cindex constants, character
3085There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3086for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3087numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3088@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3089used in arithmetic expressions.
3090
3091@menu
3092* Strings:: Strings
3093* Chars:: Characters
3094@end menu
3095
3096@node Strings
3097@subsubsection Strings
3098
3099@cindex string constants
3100@cindex constants, string
3101A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3102double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3103into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3104a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3105one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3106@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3107(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3108escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3109
3110@cindex escape codes, character
3111@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3112@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3113@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3114@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3115@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3116@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3117@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3118@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3119@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3120@table @kbd
3121@c @item \a
3122@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3123@c
361fa3a4 3124@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3125@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3126@item \b
3127Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3128
3129@c @item \e
3130@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3131@c
361fa3a4 3132@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3133@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3134@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3135Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3136
361fa3a4 3137@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3138@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3139@item \n
3140Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3141
3142@c @item \p
3143@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3144@c
361fa3a4
NC
3145@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3146@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3147@item \r
3148Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3149
3150@c @item \s
3151@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3152@c other assemblers.
3153@c
361fa3a4 3154@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3155@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3156@item \t
3157Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3158
3159@c @item \v
3160@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3161@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3162@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3163@c
361fa3a4 3164@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3165@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3166@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3167An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3168For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3169for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3170
361fa3a4 3171@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3172@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3173@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3174A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3175lower case @code{x} works.
3176
361fa3a4 3177@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3178@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3179@item \\
3180Represents one @samp{\} character.
3181
3182@c @item \'
3183@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3184@c This is needed in single character literals
3185@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3186@c a @samp{'}.
3187@c
361fa3a4 3188@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3189@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3190@item \"
3191Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3192this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3193
3194@item \ @var{anything-else}
3195Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3196assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3197you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3198interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3199other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3200code and warns you of the fact.
3201@end table
3202
3203Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3204varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3205the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3206compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3207sequence.
3208
3209@node Chars
3210@subsubsection Characters
3211
3212@cindex single character constant
3213@cindex character, single
3214@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3215A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3216that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3217@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3218as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3219character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3220the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3221accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3222@ifclear GENERIC
3223@ifclear abnormal-separator
3224(or semicolon @samp{;})
3225@end ifclear
3226@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3227@ifset H8
3228(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3229Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3230@end ifset
3231@end ifset
3232@end ifclear
3233immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3234and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3235constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3236that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3237@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3238
3239@node Numbers
3240@subsection Number Constants
3241
3242@cindex constants, number
3243@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3244@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3245are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3246would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3247integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3248are floating point numbers, described below.
3249
3250@menu
3251* Integers:: Integers
3252* Bignums:: Bignums
3253* Flonums:: Flonums
3254@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3255@end ifclear
3256@end menu
3257
3258@node Integers
3259@subsubsection Integers
3260@cindex integers
3261@cindex constants, integer
3262
3263@cindex binary integers
3264@cindex integers, binary
3265A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3266the binary digits @samp{01}.
3267
3268@cindex octal integers
3269@cindex integers, octal
3270An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3271digits (@samp{01234567}).
3272
3273@cindex decimal integers
3274@cindex integers, decimal
3275A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3276more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3277
3278@cindex hexadecimal integers
3279@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3280A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3281more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3282
3283Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3284the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3285(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3286
3287@node Bignums
3288@subsubsection Bignums
3289
3290@cindex bignums
3291@cindex constants, bignum
3292A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3293except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3294represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3295integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3296
3297@node Flonums
3298@subsubsection Flonums
3299@cindex flonums
3300@cindex floating point numbers
3301@cindex constants, floating point
3302
3303@cindex precision, floating point
3304A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3305indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3306@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3307sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3308to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3309portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3310
3311A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3312@itemize @bullet
3313@item
3314The digit @samp{0}.
3315@ifset HPPA
3316(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3317@end ifset
3318
3319@item
a4fb0134 3320A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3321@ifset GENERIC
3322@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3323@ignore
3324@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3325(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
33264.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3327@end ignore
3328
a8eb42a8 3329On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3330one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3331
3332On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3333(in upper or lower case).
3334
252b5132
RH
3335On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3336@end ifset
3337@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3338@ifset ARC
3339One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3340@end ifset
3341@ifset H8
3342One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3343@end ifset
3344@ifset HPPA
3345The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3346@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3347@end ifclear
3348
3349@item
3350An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3351
3352@item
3353An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3354
3355@item
3356An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3357or more decimal digits.
3358
3359@item
3360An optional exponent, consisting of:
3361
3362@itemize @bullet
3363@item
3364An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3365@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3366@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3367@item
3368Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3369@item
3370One or more decimal digits.
3371@end itemize
3372
3373@end itemize
3374
3375At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3376present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3377
a4fb0134 3378@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3379independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3380@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3381
252b5132
RH
3382@node Sections
3383@chapter Sections and Relocation
3384@cindex sections
3385@cindex relocation
3386
3387@menu
3388* Secs Background:: Background
3389* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3390* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3391* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3392* bss:: bss Section
3393@end menu
3394
3395@node Secs Background
3396@section Background
3397
3398Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3399``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3400For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3401
3402@cindex linker, and assembler
3403@cindex assembler, and linker
3404The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3405combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3406emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3407@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3408different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3409oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3410sections.
3411
3412@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3413addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3414units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3415within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3416run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3417the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3418the proper run-time addresses.
3419@ifset H8
7be1c489 3420For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3421@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3422ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3423@end ifset
3424
3425@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3426An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3427of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3428@dfn{bss} sections.
3429
c1253627 3430@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3431@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3432When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3433@end ifset
a4fb0134 3434@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3435using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3436If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3437or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3438@end ifset
3439
3440@ifset HPPA
3441@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3442When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3443@end ifset
a4fb0134 3444@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3445specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3446@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3447(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3448assembler directives.
3449
3450@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3451Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3452text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3453is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3454BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3455@end ifset
3456@end ifset
3457
3458Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3459data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3460
3461@ifset HPPA
3462When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3463section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3464@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3465@end ifset
3466
3467To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3468relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3469object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3470@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3471file is mentioned:
3472@itemize @bullet
3473@item
3474Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3475an address?
3476@item
3477How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3478@item
3479Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3480@display
3481(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3482@end display
3483@item
3484Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3485@end itemize
3486
3487@cindex addresses, format of
3488@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3489In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3490@display
3491(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3492@end display
3493@noindent
a4fb0134 3494Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3495nature.
3496@ifset SOM
3497(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3498symbol-relative instead.)
3499@end ifset
3500
3501In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3502@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3503
3504Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3505@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3506addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3507@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3508@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3509data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3510their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3511part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3512address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3513
3514The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3515address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3516rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3517Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3518address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3519common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3520time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3521
3522By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3523the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3524sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3525customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3526the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3527data and bss sections.
3528
3529Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3530use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3531
3532@node Ld Sections
3533@section Linker Sections
3534@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3535
3536@table @strong
3537
c1253627 3538@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3539@cindex named sections
3540@cindex sections, named
3541@item named sections
3542@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3543@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3544@cindex text section
3545@cindex data section
3546@itemx text section
3547@itemx data section
3548@end ifset
a4fb0134 3549These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3550separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3551true of another.
a8eb42a8 3552@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3553When the program is running, however, it is
3554customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3555text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3556instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3557program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3558in the data section.
c1253627 3559@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3560
3561@cindex bss section
3562@item bss section
3563This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3564is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3565each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3566out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3567bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3568those explicit zeros from object files.
3569
3570@cindex absolute section
3571@item absolute section
3572Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3573This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3574not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3575addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3576
3577@cindex undefined section
3578@item undefined section
3579This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3580the preceding sections.
3581@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3582@end table
3583
3584@cindex relocation example
3585An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3586@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3587The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3588@end ifset
3589Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3590
3591@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3592@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3593@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3594@smallexample
3595 +-----+----+--+
3596partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3597 +-----+----+--+
3598
3599 text data bss
3600 seg. seg. seg.
3601
3602 +---+---+---+
3603partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3604 +---+---+---+
3605
3606 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3607linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3608 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3609
3610 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3611@end smallexample
3612@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3613@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3614@need 5000
3615@tex
c1253627 3616\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3617\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3618\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3619\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3620
3621\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3622\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3623\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3624
3625\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3626\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3627\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3628ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3629DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3630
3631\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3632\line{0\dots\hfil}
3633
3634@end tex
3635@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3636
3637@node As Sections
3638@section Assembler Internal Sections
3639
3640@cindex internal assembler sections
3641@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3642These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3643have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3644sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3645warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3646meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3647value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3648section-relative address.
3649
3650@table @b
3651@cindex assembler internal logic error
3652@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3653An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3654bug in the assembler.
3655
3656@cindex expr (internal section)
3657@item expr section
3658The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3659symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3660it in the expr section.
3661@c FIXME item debug
3662@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3663@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3664@c FIXME item register
3665@end table
3666
3667@node Sub-Sections
3668@section Sub-Sections
3669
3670@cindex numbered subsections
3671@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3672@ifset aout
252b5132 3673Assembled bytes
c1253627 3674@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3675conventionally
3676@end ifset
3677fall into two sections: text and data.
3678@end ifset
3679You may have separate groups of
3680@ifset GENERIC
3681data in named sections
3682@end ifset
3683@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3684@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3685data in named sections
3686@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3687@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3688text or data
3689@end ifset
3690@end ifclear
3691that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3692are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3693use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3694numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3695same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3696subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3697section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3698assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3699section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3700constants being output.
3701
3702Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3703goes in subsection number zero.
3704
3705@ifset GENERIC
3706Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3707(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3708of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3709@end ifset
3710@ifclear GENERIC
3711@ifset H8
7be1c489 3712On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3713boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3714The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3715@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3716@end ifclear
3717
3718Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3719to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3720The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3721other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3722They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3723data subsections as a data section.
3724
3725To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3726into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3727@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3728@ifset COFF
252b5132 3729@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3730When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3731@end ifset
3732@ifclear GENERIC
3733You
3734@end ifclear
3735can also use an extra subsection
3736argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3737@var{expression}}.
3738@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3739@ifset ELF
3740@ifset GENERIC
3741When generating ELF output, you
3742@end ifset
3743@ifclear GENERIC
3744You
3745@end ifclear
3746can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3747to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3748@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3749@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3750(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3751is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3752begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3753@smallexample
3754.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3755.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3756.text 1
3757.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3758.data 0
3759.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3760.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3761.text 0
3762.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3763.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3764@end smallexample
3765
3766Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3767assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3768restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3769counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3770@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3771current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3772assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3773
3774@node bss
3775@section bss Section
3776
3777@cindex bss section
3778@cindex common variable storage
3779The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3780You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3781not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3782your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3783section are zeroed bytes.
3784
3785The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3786@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3787
3788The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3789another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3790
3791@ifset GENERIC
3792When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3793COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3794see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3795section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3796@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3797@end ifset
3798
3799@node Symbols
3800@chapter Symbols
3801
3802@cindex symbols
3803Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3804things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3805to debug.
3806
3807@quotation
3808@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3809@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3810the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3811@end quotation
3812
3813@menu
3814* Labels:: Labels
3815* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3816* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3817* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3818* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3819@end menu
3820
3821@node Labels
3822@section Labels
3823
3824@cindex labels
3825A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3826@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3827active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3828operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3829different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3830definitions.
3831
3832@ifset HPPA
3833On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3834colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3835a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3836provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3837@end ifset
3838
3839@node Setting Symbols
3840@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3841
3842@cindex assigning values to symbols
3843@cindex symbol values, assigning
3844A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3845by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3846(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3847directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3848equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3849@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3850
f8739b83
JZ
3851@ifset Blackfin
3852Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3853@end ifset
3854
252b5132
RH
3855@node Symbol Names
3856@section Symbol Names
3857
3858@cindex symbol names
3859@cindex names, symbol
3860@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3861Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3862machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3863noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3864string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3865particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3866@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3867@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3868@ifset H8
3869Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3870Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3871character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3872on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3873@end ifset
3874@end ifset
3875
3876Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3877than @code{Foo}.
3878
ed1fcdd1
NC
3879Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3880Local Labels. See below.
3881
7bfd842d
NC
3882Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3883multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3884@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3885currently supported.
3886
252b5132
RH
3887Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3888refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3889in a program.
3890
3891@subheading Local Symbol Names
3892
3893@cindex local symbol names
3894@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3895A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3896By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3897@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3898set of local label prefixes.
3899@ifset HPPA
3900On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3901@end ifset
3902
3903Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3904normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3905You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3906to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3907
3908@subheading Local Labels
3909
3910@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3911@cindex temporary symbol names
3912@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3913Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3914programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3915be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3916referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3917the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3918To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3919@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3920to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3921stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3922
3923There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3924too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3925the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3926defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3927definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3928noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3929implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3930
3931Here is an example:
3932
3933@smallexample
39341: branch 1f
39352: branch 1b
39361: branch 2f
39372: branch 1b
3938@end smallexample
3939
3940Which is the equivalent of:
3941
3942@smallexample
3943label_1: branch label_3
3944label_2: branch label_1
3945label_3: branch label_4
3946label_4: branch label_3
3947@end smallexample
3948
ba83aca1 3949Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3950transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3951The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3952are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3953these parts:
252b5132
RH
3954
3955@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3956@item @emph{local label prefix}
3957All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3958Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3959that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3960used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3961@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3962object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3963you may use them in debugging.
3964
2d5aaba0
NC
3965@item @var{number}
3966This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3967label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3968
2d5aaba0
NC
3969@item @kbd{C-B}
3970This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3971of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3972
3973@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3974This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3975@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3976number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3977the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3978@end table
3979
ba83aca1
BW
3980So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3981the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3982
3983@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3984@cindex dollar local symbols
3985
ed1fcdd1
NC
3986On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3987local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3988become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3989valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3990by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3991by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3992
3993Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3994except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3995@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3996
3997They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3998names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3999to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 4000@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
4001
4002@node Dot
4003@section The Special Dot Symbol
4004
4005@cindex dot (symbol)
4006@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
4007@cindex current address
4008@cindex location counter
4009The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 4010@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
4011.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
4012Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 4013directive.
252b5132 4014@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 4015Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
4016@samp{.space 4}.
4017@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4018
4019@node Symbol Attributes
4020@section Symbol Attributes
4021
4022@cindex symbol attributes
4023@cindex attributes, symbol
4024Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
4025``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
4026attributes.
4027@ifset INTERNALS
4028The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
4029@end ifset
4030
a4fb0134 4031If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
4032all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
4033symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
4034would want.
4035
4036@menu
4037* Symbol Value:: Value
4038* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 4039@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4040* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4041@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4042@ifset COFF
4043* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
4044@end ifset
4045@ifset SOM
4046* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
4047@end ifset
4048@end menu
4049
4050@node Symbol Value
4051@subsection Value
4052
4053@cindex value of a symbol
4054@cindex symbol value
4055The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4056location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4057number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4058Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4059as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4060symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4061called absolute.
4062
4063The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40640 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4065@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4066same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4067name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4068common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4069bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4070allocated storage.
4071
4072@node Symbol Type
4073@subsection Type
4074
4075@cindex type of a symbol
4076@cindex symbol type
4077The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4078information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4079(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4080format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4081
a8eb42a8 4082@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4083@node a.out Symbols
4084@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4085
4086@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4087@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4088
252b5132
RH
4089@menu
4090* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4091* Symbol Other:: Other
4092@end menu
4093
4094@node Symbol Desc
4095@subsubsection Descriptor
4096
4097@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4098This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4099descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4100(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4101@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4102
4103@node Symbol Other
4104@subsubsection Other
4105
4106@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4107This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4108@end ifset
4109
4110@ifset COFF
4111@node COFF Symbols
4112@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4113
4114@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4115@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4116
4117The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4118like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4119@code{.endef} directives.
4120
4121@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4122
4123@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4124The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4125respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4126
4127@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4128
4129@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4130The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4131@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4132table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4133@end ifset
4134
4135@ifset SOM
4136@node SOM Symbols
4137@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4138
4139@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4140@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4141
4142The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4143the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4144
01642c12 4145The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4146Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4147@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4148@end ifset
4149
4150@node Expressions
4151@chapter Expressions
4152
4153@cindex expressions
4154@cindex addresses
4155@cindex numeric values
4156An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4157Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4158
4159The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4160a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4161enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4162section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4163the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4164@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4165
4166@menu
4167* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4168* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4169@end menu
4170
4171@node Empty Exprs
4172@section Empty Expressions
4173
4174@cindex empty expressions
4175@cindex expressions, empty
4176An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4177Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4178expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4179is compatible with other assemblers.
4180
4181@node Integer Exprs
4182@section Integer Expressions
4183
4184@cindex integer expressions
4185@cindex expressions, integer
4186An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4187by @emph{operators}.
4188
4189@menu
4190* Arguments:: Arguments
4191* Operators:: Operators
4192* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4193* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4194@end menu
4195
4196@node Arguments
4197@subsection Arguments
4198
4199@cindex expression arguments
4200@cindex arguments in expressions
4201@cindex operands in expressions
4202@cindex arithmetic operands
4203@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4204contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4205this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4206the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4207expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4208instruction operands.
4209
4210Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4211@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4212or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4213integer.
4214
4215Numbers are usually integers.
4216
4217A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4218that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4219these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4220instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4221assemblers.
4222
4223@cindex subexpressions
4224Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4225expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4226operator followed by an argument.
4227
4228@node Operators
4229@subsection Operators
4230
4231@cindex operators, in expressions
4232@cindex arithmetic functions
4233@cindex functions, in expressions
4234@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4235operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4236between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4237whitespace.
4238
4239@node Prefix Ops
4240@subsection Prefix Operator
4241
4242@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4243@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4244one argument, which must be absolute.
4245
4246@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4247@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4248@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4249@tex
4250\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4251@end tex
4252
4253@table @code
4254@item -
4255@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4256@item ~
4257@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4258@end table
4259
4260@tex
4261\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4262@end tex
4263
4264@node Infix Ops
4265@subsection Infix Operators
4266
4267@cindex infix operators
4268@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4269@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4270have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4271to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4272absolute, and the result is absolute.
4273
4274@enumerate
4275@cindex operator precedence
4276@cindex precedence of operators
4277
4278@item
4279Highest Precedence
4280
4281@table @code
4282@item *
4283@dfn{Multiplication}.
4284
4285@item /
4286@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4287
4288@item %
4289@dfn{Remainder}.
4290
d1eac9d9 4291@item <<
252b5132
RH
4292@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4293
d1eac9d9 4294@item >>
252b5132
RH
4295@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4296@end table
4297
4298@item
4299Intermediate precedence
4300
4301@table @code
4302@item |
4303
4304@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4305
4306@item &
4307@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4308
4309@item ^
4310@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4311
4312@item !
4313@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4314@end table
4315
4316@item
b131d4dc 4317Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4318
4319@table @code
4320@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4321@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4322@cindex arguments for addition
4323@item +
4324@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4325the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4326sections.
4327
4328@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4329@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4330@cindex arguments for subtraction
4331@item -
4332@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4333result has the section of the left argument.
4334If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4335You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4336@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4337
4338@cindex comparison expressions
4339@cindex expressions, comparison
4340@item ==
4341@dfn{Is Equal To}
4342@item <>
723a8472 4343@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4344@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4345@item <
4346@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4347@item >
b131d4dc 4348@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4349@item >=
b131d4dc 4350@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4351@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4352@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4353
4354The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4355value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4356perform signed comparisons.
4357@end table
4358
4359@item Lowest Precedence
4360
4361@table @code
4362@item &&
4363@dfn{Logical And}.
4364
4365@item ||
4366@dfn{Logical Or}.
4367
4368These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4369expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4370value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4371or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4372
252b5132
RH
4373@end table
4374@end enumerate
4375
4376In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4377address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4378
4379@node Pseudo Ops
4380@chapter Assembler Directives
4381
4382@cindex directives, machine independent
4383@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4384@cindex machine independent directives
4385All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4386The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4387in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4388
4389This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4390target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4391@ifset GENERIC
4392Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4393@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4394@end ifset
4395@ifclear GENERIC
4396@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4397@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4398@end ifset
4399@end ifclear
4400
4401@menu
4402* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4403@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4404* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4405@end ifset
f0dc282c 4406
915808f6 4407* Align:: @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
caa32fe5 4408* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4409* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4410* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
915808f6 4411* Balign:: @code{.balign [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]}
d3b47e2b 4412* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4413* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4414* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4415* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4416* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4417* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4418* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4419* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4420@ifset COFF
4421* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4422@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4423@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4424* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4425@end ifset
4426@ifset COFF
4427* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4428@end ifset
f0dc282c 4429
252b5132
RH
4430* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4431* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4432* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4433* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4434* End:: @code{.end}
4435@ifset COFF
4436* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4437@end ifset
f0dc282c 4438
252b5132
RH
4439* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4440* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4441* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4442* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4443* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4444* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4445* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4446* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4447* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4448* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4449* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4450* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4451* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4452* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4453* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4454@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4455* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4456* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4457@end ifset
f0dc282c 4458
252b5132
RH
4459* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4460* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4461* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4462* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4463* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4464* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4465@ifset ELF
4466* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4467@end ifset
f0dc282c 4468
252b5132
RH
4469* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4470* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4471* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4472* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4473@ifclear no-line-dir
4474* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4475@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4476
252b5132
RH
4477* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4478* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4479* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4480* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4481* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4482@ifset ELF
4483* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4484@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4485
252b5132
RH
4486* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4487@ignore
4488* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4489@end ignore
f0dc282c 4490
252b5132
RH
4491* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4492* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4493* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4494* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4495* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4496* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4497* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291 4498* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
915808f6 4499* P2align:: @code{.p2align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
c91d2e08
NC
4500@ifset ELF
4501* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4502* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4503@end ifset
f0dc282c 4504
252b5132 4505* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4506@ifset ELF
4507* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4508@end ifset
f0dc282c 4509
252b5132
RH
4510* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4511* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4512@ifset ELF
4513* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4514@end ifset
f0dc282c 4515
252b5132 4516* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4517* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4518* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4519* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4520@ifset COFF
4521* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4522@end ifset
4523@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4524* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4525@end ifset
f0dc282c 4526
252b5132
RH
4527* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4528* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4529* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4530@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4531* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4532@end ifset
884f0d36 4533@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4534* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4535@end ifclear
4536
252b5132 4537* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4538@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4539* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4540@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4541@ifset have-stabs
4542* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4543@end ifset
f0dc282c 4544
38a57ae7 4545* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4546* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4547@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4548* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4549* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4550@end ifset
f0dc282c 4551
252b5132
RH
4552@ifset COFF
4553* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4554@end ifset
f0dc282c 4555
252b5132
RH
4556* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4557* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4558@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4559* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4560@end ifset
4561
c91d2e08 4562* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4563@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4564* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4565@end ifset
f0dc282c 4566
2e13b764 4567@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4568* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4569* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4570* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4571@end ifset
f0dc282c 4572
d190d046 4573* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4574* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4575* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4576* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4577@ifclear no-space-dir
4578* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4579@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4580@ifset ELF
4581* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4582* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4583* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4584@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4585* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4586@end menu
4587
4588@node Abort
4589@section @code{.abort}
4590
4591@cindex @code{abort} directive
4592@cindex stopping the assembly
4593This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4594compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4595assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4596of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4597quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4598
4599@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4600@node ABORT (COFF)
4601@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4602
4603@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4604When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4605synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4606
252b5132
RH
4607@end ifset
4608
4609@node Align
915808f6 4610@section @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4611
4612@cindex padding the location counter
4613@cindex @code{align} directive
4614Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4615boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
915808f6
NC
4616required, as described below. If this expression is omitted then a default
4617value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4618
4619The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4620padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4621padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4622marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4623with no-op instructions.
4624
4625The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4626it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4627directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4628specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4629fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4630required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4631with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4632
4633The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4634For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
5b660084 4635s390, sparc, tic4x and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4636alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4637the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4638is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4639first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4640
9e9a9798 4641For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4642strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4643number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4644advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4645counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4646multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4647
4648This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4649native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4650GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4651described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4652architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4653
ccf8a69b
BW
4654@node Altmacro
4655@section @code{.altmacro}
4656Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4657
4658@ftable @code
4659@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4660One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4661generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4662replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4663replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4664separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4665define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4666
4667@item String delimiters
4668You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4669@code{"@var{string}"}:
4670
4671@table @code
4672@item '@var{string}'
4673You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4674
4675@item <@var{string}>
4676You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4677@end table
4678
4679@item single-character string escape
4680To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4681character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4682character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4683write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4684
4685@item Expression results as strings
4686You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4687and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4688@end ftable
4689
252b5132
RH
4690@node Ascii
4691@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4692
4693@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4694@cindex string literals
4695@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4696separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4697trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4698
4699@node Asciz
4700@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4701
4702@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4703@cindex zero-terminated strings
4704@cindex null-terminated strings
4705@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4706a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4707
4708@node Balign
915808f6 4709@section @code{.balign[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4710
4711@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4712@cindex @code{balign} directive
4713Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4714storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4715alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4716the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
915808f6
NC
4717is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted
4718then a default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4719
4720The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4721padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4722padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4723marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4724with no-op instructions.
4725
4726The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4727it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4728directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4729specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4730fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4731required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4732with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4733
4734@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4735@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4736The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4737@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4738pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4739fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
47404,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4741filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4742the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4743undefined.
4744
fa94de6b 4745@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4746@section Bundle directives
4747@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4748@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4749@cindex bundle
4750@cindex instruction bundle
4751@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4752@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4753bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4754into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4755disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4756gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4757@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4758
4759For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4760certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4761instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4762@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4763chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4764effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4765instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4766that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4767end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4768starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4769instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4770
d3b47e2b 4771@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4772@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4773@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4774The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4775allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4776are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4777aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4778@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4779directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4780
4781@cindex bundle-locked
4782For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4783appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4784instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4785and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4786instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4787sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4788@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4789entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4790boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4791first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4792aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4793bundle size.
4794
d416e51d
RM
4795For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4796inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4797nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4798@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4799matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4800same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4801
252b5132
RH
4802@node Byte
4803@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4804
4805@cindex @code{byte} directive
4806@cindex integers, one byte
4807@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4808Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4809
54cfded0 4810@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4811@section CFI directives
4812@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4813@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4814@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4815should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4816If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4817if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4818To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4819directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4820
2f0c68f2
CM
4821On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4822by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4823
bd5608dc
NC
4824Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4825which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4826
4827The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4828arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4829generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4830redefine it will result in an error.
4831
d3b47e2b 4832@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4833@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4834@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4835should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4836data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4837@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4838
01642c12 4839Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4840it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4841
d3b47e2b 4842@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4843@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4844@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4845unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4846@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4847
d3b47e2b 4848@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4849@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4850@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4851@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4852should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4853argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4854a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4855the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4856can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4857The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4858no personality routine.
4859
2f0c68f2
CM
4860@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4861@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4862@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4863defined in a compact unwinding format.
4864Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4865with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4866
4867@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4868@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4869@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4870used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4871@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4872in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4873Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4874with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4875
d3b47e2b 4876@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4877@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4878@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4879should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4880argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4881or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4882meaning that no LSDA is present.
4883
4884@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4885@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4886switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4887Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4888Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4889with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4890
4891The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4892so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4893referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4894in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4895by a section directive.
4896
4897The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4898The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4899@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4900
d3b47e2b 4901@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4902@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4903address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4904
d3b47e2b 4905@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4906@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4907now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4908remains the same.
4909
d3b47e2b 4910@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4911@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4912remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4913absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4914CFA address.
4915
d3b47e2b 4916@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4917Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4918value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4919
d3b47e2b 4920@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4921Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4922CFA.
54cfded0 4923
084303b8
AK
4924@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4925Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4926
d3b47e2b 4927@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4928Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4929the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4930using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4931This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4932code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4933
d3b47e2b 4934@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4935Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4936
d3b47e2b 4937@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4938@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4939same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4940instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4941
d3b47e2b 4942@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4943From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4944
d3b47e2b 4945@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4946Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4947i.e. no restoration needed.
4948
48eac74c
MG
4949@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4950@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4951implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4952places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4953multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4954flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4955the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4956
4957@smallexample
4958 je label
4959 popq %rbx
4960 .cfi_restore %rbx
4961 popq %r12
4962 .cfi_restore %r12
4963 popq %rbp
4964 .cfi_restore %rbp
4965 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4966 ret
4967label:
4968 /* Do something else */
4969@end smallexample
4970
4971Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4972to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4973@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4974locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4975@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4976we can write:
4977
4978@smallexample
4979 je label
4980 popq %rbx
4981 .cfi_remember_state
4982 .cfi_restore %rbx
4983 popq %r12
4984 .cfi_restore %r12
4985 popq %rbp
4986 .cfi_restore %rbp
4987 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4988 ret
4989label:
4990 .cfi_restore_state
4991 /* Do something else */
4992@end smallexample
4993
4994That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4995as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4996@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4997
d3b47e2b 4998@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4999Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
5000directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
5001
d3b47e2b 5002@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
5003Mark current function as signal trampoline.
5004
d3b47e2b 5005@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
5006SPARC register window has been saved.
5007
d3b47e2b 5008@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
5009Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
5010might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
5011opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 5012
d3b47e2b 5013@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
5014The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
5015will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
5016description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
5017
5018The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
5019limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
5020mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
5021by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
5022or another register.
5023
ccf8a69b
BW
5024@node Comm
5025@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 5026
ccf8a69b
BW
5027@cindex @code{comm} directive
5028@cindex symbol, common
5029@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
5030common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
5031of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
5032definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
5033allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
5034absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
5035the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
5036using the largest size.
07a53e5c 5037
c1711530
DK
5038@ifset COFF-ELF
5039When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 5040an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
5041specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
5042that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
5043as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 5044boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5045power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5046common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5047alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5048largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5049maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5050is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5051@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5052multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5053It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5054(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5055@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5056
ccf8a69b
BW
5057@ifset HPPA
5058The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5059@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5060@end ifset
07a53e5c 5061
252b5132
RH
5062@node Data
5063@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5064@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5065
a4fb0134 5066@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5067end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5068absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5069to zero.
5070
340d33e5
NC
5071@node Dc
5072@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5073@cindex @code{dc} directive
5074
46c685ac 5075The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5076commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5077current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5078@code{.dc} directive:
5079
5080@table @code
5081@item @samp{.a}
5082Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5083@item @samp{.b}
5084Emits 8-bit values.
5085@item @samp{.d}
5086Emits double precision floating-point values.
5087@item @samp{.l}
5088Emits 32-bit values.
5089@item @samp{.s}
5090Emits single precision floating-point values.
5091@item @samp{.w}
5092Emits 16-bit values.
5093Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
509432-bit values.
5095@item @samp{.x}
5096Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5097@end table
5098
5099If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5100
d7c79856
MR
5101The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5102point values.
340d33e5
NC
5103
5104@node Dcb
5105@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5106@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5107This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5108bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5109comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5110@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5111
5112@table @code
5113@item @samp{.b}
5114Emits single byte values.
5115@item @samp{.d}
5116Emits double-precision floating point values.
5117@item @samp{.l}
5118Emits 4-byte values.
5119@item @samp{.s}
5120Emits single-precision floating point values.
5121@item @samp{.w}
5122Emits 2-byte values.
5123@item @samp{.x}
5124Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5125@end table
5126
5127If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5128
5129The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5130point values.
5131
5132@node Ds
5133@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5134@cindex @code{ds} directive
5135This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5136bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5137comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5138@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5139
5140@table @code
5141@item @samp{.b}
5142Emits single byte values.
5143@item @samp{.d}
5144Emits 8-byte values.
5145@item @samp{.l}
5146Emits 4-byte values.
5147@item @samp{.p}
5148Emits 12-byte values.
5149@item @samp{.s}
5150Emits 4-byte values.
5151@item @samp{.w}
5152Emits 2-byte values.
5153@item @samp{.x}
5154Emits 12-byte values.
5155@end table
5156
5157Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5158suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5159
5160If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5161
d7c79856 5162The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5163
5164
252b5132
RH
5165@ifset COFF
5166@node Def
5167@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5168
5169@cindex @code{def} directive
5170@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5171@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5172Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5173definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5174@end ifset
5175
a8eb42a8 5176@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5177@node Desc
5178@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5179
5180@cindex @code{desc} directive
5181@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5182@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5183This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5184to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5185
5186@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5187The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5188configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5189object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5190it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5191@end ifset
5192@end ifset
5193
5194@ifset COFF
5195@node Dim
5196@section @code{.dim}
5197
5198@cindex @code{dim} directive
5199@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5200@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5201This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5202information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5203@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5204@end ifset
5205
5206@node Double
5207@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5208
5209@cindex @code{double} directive
5210@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5211@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5212assembles floating point numbers.
5213@ifset GENERIC
5214The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5215@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5216@end ifset
5217@ifclear GENERIC
5218@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5219On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5220in @sc{ieee} format.
5221@end ifset
5222@end ifclear
5223
5224@node Eject
5225@section @code{.eject}
5226
5227@cindex @code{eject} directive
5228@cindex new page, in listings
5229@cindex page, in listings
5230@cindex listing control: new page
5231Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5232
5233@node Else
5234@section @code{.else}
5235
5236@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5237@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5238assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5239of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5240was false.
5241
3fd9f047
TW
5242@node Elseif
5243@section @code{.elseif}
5244
5245@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5246@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5247assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5248@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5249
252b5132
RH
5250@node End
5251@section @code{.end}
5252
5253@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5254@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5255process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5256
5257@ifset COFF
5258@node Endef
5259@section @code{.endef}
5260
5261@cindex @code{endef} directive
5262This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5263@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5264@end ifset
5265
5266@node Endfunc
5267@section @code{.endfunc}
5268@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5269@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5270
5271@node Endif
5272@section @code{.endif}
5273
5274@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5275@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5276it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5277conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5278
5279@node Equ
5280@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5281
5282@cindex @code{equ} directive
5283@cindex assigning values to symbols
5284@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5285This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5286It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5287
5288@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5289The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5290@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5291@end ifset
5292
3c9b82ba 5293@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5294The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5295@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5296On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5297but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5298Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5299@end ifset
5300
252b5132
RH
5301@node Equiv
5302@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5303@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5304The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5305the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5306symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5307undefined.
252b5132 5308
01642c12 5309Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5310@smallexample
5311.ifdef SYM
5312.err
5313.endif
5314.equ SYM,VAL
5315@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5316plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5317
5318@node Eqv
5319@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5320@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5321The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5322evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5323the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5324value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5325
5326@node Err
5327@section @code{.err}
5328@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5329If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5330message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5331object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5332
d190d046
HPN
5333@node Error
5334@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5335@cindex error directive
5336
5337Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5338string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5339message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5340@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5341
5342@smallexample
5343 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5344@end smallexample
5345
252b5132
RH
5346@node Exitm
5347@section @code{.exitm}
5348Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5349
5350@node Extern
5351@section @code{.extern}
5352
5353@cindex @code{extern} directive
5354@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5355with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5356all undefined symbols as external.
5357
5358@node Fail
5359@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5360
5361@cindex @code{fail} directive
5362Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5363or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5364than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5365include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5366complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5367
252b5132 5368@node File
14082c76 5369@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5370@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5371
5372@ifclear no-file-dir
5373There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5374that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5375@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5376
5377@subheading Default Version
5378
252b5132
RH
5379@cindex logical file name
5380@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5381This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5382are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5383
5384@smallexample
5385.file @var{string}
5386@end smallexample
5387
5388@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5389recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5390to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5391statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5392old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5393
5394@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5395@end ifclear
5396
14082c76
BW
5397When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5398to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5399
5400@smallexample
5401.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5402@end smallexample
5403
5404The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5405index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5406literal.
5407
5408The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5409table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5410information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5411entries will have.
5412
252b5132
RH
5413@node Fill
5414@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5415
5416@cindex @code{fill} directive
5417@cindex writing patterns in memory
5418@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5419@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5420This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5421may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5422more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5423other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5424is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5425zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5426byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5427Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5428@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5429compatible with other people's assemblers.
5430
5431@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5432If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5433assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5434@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5435
5436@node Float
5437@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5438
5439@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5440@cindex @code{float} directive
5441This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5442has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5443@ifset GENERIC
5444The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5445@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5446@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5447@end ifset
5448@ifclear GENERIC
5449@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5450On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5451in @sc{ieee} format.
5452@end ifset
5453@end ifclear
5454
5455@node Func
5456@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5457@cindex @code{func} directive
5458@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5459is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5460Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5461@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5462prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5463@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5464All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5465The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5466
5467@node Global
5468@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5469
5470@cindex @code{global} directive
5471@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5472@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5473@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5474other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5475@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5476from another file linked into the same program.
5477
5478Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5479compatibility with other assemblers.
5480
5481@ifset HPPA
5482On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5483partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5484@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5485@end ifset
5486
c91d2e08 5487@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5488@node Gnu_attribute
5489@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5490Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5491
c91d2e08
NC
5492@node Hidden
5493@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5494
c1253627
NC
5495@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5496@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5497This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5498@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5499@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5500
5501This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5502their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5503@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5504Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5505@end ifset
5506
252b5132
RH
5507@node hword
5508@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5509
5510@cindex @code{hword} directive
5511@cindex integers, 16-bit
5512@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5513@cindex sixteen bit integers
5514This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5515a 16 bit number for each.
5516
5517@ifset GENERIC
5518This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5519architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5520@end ifset
5521@ifclear GENERIC
5522@ifset W32
5523This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5524@end ifset
5525@ifset W16
5526This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5527@end ifset
5528@end ifclear
5529
5530@node Ident
5531@section @code{.ident}
5532
5533@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5534
5535This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5536behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5537a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5538source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5539for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5540@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5541emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5542
5543@node If
5544@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5545
5546@cindex conditional assembly
5547@cindex @code{if} directive
5548@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5549considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5550(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5551the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5552(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5553alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5554If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5555nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5556
5557The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5558@table @code
5559@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5560@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5561Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5562has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5563is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5564
26aca5f6
JB
5565@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5566@item .ifb @var{text}
5567Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5568
252b5132
RH
5569@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5570@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5571Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5572strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5573the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5574end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5575string comparison is case sensitive.
5576
5577@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5578@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5579Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5580
5581@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5582@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5583Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5584
5585@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5586@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5587Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5588equal to zero.
5589
5590@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5591@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5592Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5593
5594@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5595@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5596Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5597to zero.
5598
5599@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5600@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5601Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5602
26aca5f6
JB
5603@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5604@item .ifnb @var{text}
5605Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5606following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5607
252b5132
RH
5608@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5609@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5610Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5611following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5612
5613@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5614@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5615@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5616@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5617Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5618has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5619which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5620
5621@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5622@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5623Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5624(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5625
5626@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5627@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5628Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5629following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5630@end table
5631
7e005732
NC
5632@node Incbin
5633@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5634
5635@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5636@cindex binary files, including
5637The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5638location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5639option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5640around @var{file}.
5641
5642The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5643@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5644read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5645responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5646after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5647
252b5132
RH
5648@node Include
5649@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5650
5651@cindex @code{include} directive
5652@cindex supporting files, including
5653@cindex files, including
5654This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5655points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5656if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5657included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5658can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5659(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5660around @var{file}.
5661
5662@node Int
5663@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5664
5665@cindex @code{int} directive
5666@cindex integers, 32-bit
5667Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5668For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5669expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5670of target the assembly is for.
5671
5672@ifclear GENERIC
5673@ifset H8
7be1c489 5674On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5675integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
567632-bit integers.
5677@end ifset
5678@end ifclear
5679
c91d2e08
NC
5680@ifset ELF
5681@node Internal
5682@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5683
c1253627
NC
5684@cindex @code{internal} directive
5685@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5686This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5687@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5688@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5689
5690This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5691their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5692@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5693(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5694processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5695@end ifset
5696
252b5132
RH
5697@node Irp
5698@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5699
5700@cindex @code{irp} directive
5701Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5702The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5703terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5704set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5705@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5706@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5707sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5708
5709For example, assembling
5710
5711@example
5712 .irp param,1,2,3
5713 move d\param,sp@@-
5714 .endr
5715@end example
5716
5717is equivalent to assembling
5718
5719@example
5720 move d1,sp@@-
5721 move d2,sp@@-
5722 move d3,sp@@-
5723@end example
5724
96e9638b 5725For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5726
252b5132
RH
5727@node Irpc
5728@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5729
5730@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5731Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5732The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5733terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5734@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5735assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5736assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5737@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5738
5739For example, assembling
5740
5741@example
5742 .irpc param,123
5743 move d\param,sp@@-
5744 .endr
5745@end example
5746
5747is equivalent to assembling
5748
5749@example
5750 move d1,sp@@-
5751 move d2,sp@@-
5752 move d3,sp@@-
5753@end example
5754
5e75c3ab
JB
5755For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5756at @xref{Macro}.
5757
252b5132
RH
5758@node Lcomm
5759@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5760
5761@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5762@cindex local common symbols
5763@cindex symbols, local common
5764Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5765denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5766those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5767section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5768is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5769not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5770
5771@ifset GENERIC
5772Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5773argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5774@end ifset
5775
5776@ifset HPPA
5777The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5778@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5779@end ifset
5780
5781@node Lflags
5782@section @code{.lflags}
5783
5784@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5785@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5786assemblers, but ignores it.
5787
5788@ifclear no-line-dir
5789@node Line
5790@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5791
5792@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5793@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5794@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5795Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5796expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5797statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5798reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5799@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5800for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5801@end ifset
5802
252b5132 5803Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5804@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5805when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5806were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5807@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5808
5809Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5810used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5811debugging.
5812@end ifclear
5813
5814@node Linkonce
5815@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5816@cindex COMDAT
5817@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5818@cindex common sections
5819Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5820This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5821but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5822The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5823Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5824unique.
5825
5826This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5827writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5828Executable format used on Windows NT.
5829
5830The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5831following strings. For example:
5832@smallexample
5833.linkonce same_size
5834@end smallexample
5835Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5836
5837@table @code
5838@item discard
5839Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5840
5841@item one_only
5842Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5843
5844@item same_size
5845Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5846
5847@item same_contents
5848Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5849@end table
5850
ccf8a69b
BW
5851@node List
5852@section @code{.list}
5853
5854@cindex @code{list} directive
5855@cindex listing control, turning on
5856Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5857not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5858internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5859counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5860generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5861
5862By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5863@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5864the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5865
252b5132
RH
5866@node Ln
5867@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5868
5869@cindex @code{ln} directive
5870@ifclear no-line-dir
5871@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5872@end ifclear
5873@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5874Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5875must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5876line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5877statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5878line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5879@end ifset
5880
ccf8a69b
BW
5881@node Loc
5882@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5883@cindex @code{loc} directive
5884When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5885the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5886number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5887instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5888arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5889the row is added.
252b5132 5890
ccf8a69b
BW
5891The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5892
5893@table @code
5894@item basic_block
5895This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5896@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5897
5898@item prologue_end
5899This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5900@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5901
5902@item epilogue_begin
5903This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5904@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5905
5906@item is_stmt @var{value}
5907This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5908@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5909either 0 or 1.
5910
5911@item isa @var{value}
5912This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5913state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5914
92846e72
CC
5915@item discriminator @var{value}
5916This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5917state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5918
ba8826a8
AO
5919@item view @var{value}
5920This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5921current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5922instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5923@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5924@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5925directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5926@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5927that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5928location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5929the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5930@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5931
ccf8a69b
BW
5932@end table
5933
5934@node Loc_mark_labels
5935@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5936@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5937When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5938the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5939to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5940register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5941The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5942this function respectively.
252b5132 5943
4d4175af
BW
5944@ifset ELF
5945@node Local
5946@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5947
5948@cindex @code{local} directive
5949This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5950the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5951will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5952they will be created.
5953
5954For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5955accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5956the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5957(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5958@end ifset
5959
252b5132
RH
5960@node Long
5961@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5962
5963@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5964@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5965
5966@ignore
5967@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5968@c what it really ought to do
5969@node Lsym
5970@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5971
5972@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5973@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5974@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5975the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5976rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5977the same as the expression value:
5978@smallexample
5979@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5980@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5981@var{value} = @var{expression}
5982@end smallexample
5983@noindent
5984The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5985@end ignore
5986
5987@node Macro
5988@section @code{.macro}
5989
5990@cindex macros
5991The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5992generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5993@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5994
5995@example
5996 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5997 .long \from
5998 .if \to-\from
5999 sum "(\from+1)",\to
6000 .endif
6001 .endm
6002@end example
6003
6004@noindent
6005With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
6006
6007@example
6008 .long 0
6009 .long 1
6010 .long 2
6011 .long 3
6012 .long 4
6013 .long 5
6014@end example
6015
6016@ftable @code
6017@item .macro @var{macname}
6018@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
6019@cindex @code{macro} directive
6020Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
6021definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
6022separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
6023indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
6024@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
6025(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
6026macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
6027cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 6028subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 6029definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
6030
6031@table @code
6032@item .macro comm
6033Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
6034arguments.
6035
6258339f 6036@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
6037@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
6038Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
6039which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
6040@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
6041
6042@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
6043Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
6044arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
6045After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
6046@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
6047@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
6048,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
6049@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 6050
6eaeac8a
JB
6051@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6052Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6053arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6054not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6055will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6056
252b5132
RH
6057When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6058position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6059@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6060
6258339f
NC
6061@end table
6062
5e75c3ab
JB
6063Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6064as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6065occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6066characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6067(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6068architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6069character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6070replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6071construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6072identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6073this macro definition:
6074
6075@example
6076 .macro label l
6077\l:
6078 .endm
6079@end example
6080
6081might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6082called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6083assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6084identifier.
6085
6086Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6087which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6088for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6089length specifier like this:
6090
6091@example
6092 .macro opcode base length
6093 \base.\length
6094 .endm
6095@end example
6096
6097and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6098instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6099interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6100
6101There are several possible ways around this problem:
6102
6103@table @code
6104@item Insert white space
6105If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6106solution. eg:
6107
6108@example
6109 .macro label l
6110\l :
6111 .endm
6112@end example
6113
6114@item Use @samp{\()}
6115The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6116the following text. eg:
6117
6118@example
6119 .macro opcode base length
6120 \base\().\length
6121 .endm
6122@end example
6123
6124@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6125In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6126used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6127
6128@example
6129 .altmacro
6130 .macro label l
6131l&:
6132 .endm
6133@end example
6258339f 6134@end table
5e75c3ab 6135
96e9638b 6136Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6137also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6138and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6139
252b5132
RH
6140@item .endm
6141@cindex @code{endm} directive
6142Mark the end of a macro definition.
6143
6144@item .exitm
6145@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6146Exit early from the current macro definition.
6147
6148@cindex number of macros executed
6149@cindex macros, count executed
6150@item \@@
a4fb0134 6151@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6152executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6153output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6154
252b5132
RH
6155@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6156@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6157macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6158@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6159@end ftable
252b5132 6160
ccf8a69b
BW
6161@node MRI
6162@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6163
ccf8a69b
BW
6164@cindex @code{mri} directive
6165@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6166If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6167@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6168affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6169of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6170
caa32fe5
NC
6171@node Noaltmacro
6172@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6173Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6174
252b5132
RH
6175@node Nolist
6176@section @code{.nolist}
6177
6178@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6179@cindex listing control, turning off
6180Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6181not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6182internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6183counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6184generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6185
8f065d3b
L
6186@node Nops
6187@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6188
8f065d3b 6189@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6190@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6191This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6192@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6193@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6194the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6195zero.
6196
6197Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6198the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6199are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6200older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6201tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6202instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6203
252b5132
RH
6204@node Octa
6205@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6206
a8eb42a8 6207@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6208@cindex @code{octa} directive
6209@cindex integer, 16-byte
6210@cindex sixteen byte integer
6211This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6212bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6213
6214The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6215hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6216
9aec2026
NC
6217@node Offset
6218@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6219
6220@cindex @code{offset} directive
6221Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6222be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6223symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6224directive.
9aec2026 6225
252b5132
RH
6226@node Org
6227@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6228
6229@cindex @code{org} directive
6230@cindex location counter, advancing
6231@cindex advancing location counter
6232@cindex current address, advancing
6233Advance the location counter of the current section to
6234@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6235expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6236you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6237wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6238with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6239@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6240is the same as the current subsection.
6241
6242@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6243unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6244backwards.
6245
6246@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6247@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6248@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6249Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6250may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6251a chance to share your improved assembler.
6252
6253Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6254to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6255people's assemblers.
6256
6257When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6258intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6259absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6260@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6261
6262@node P2align
915808f6 6263@section @code{.p2align[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
6264
6265@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6266@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6267Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6268storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6269number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6270advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6271counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
915808f6
NC
6272multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted then a
6273default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
6274
6275The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6276padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6277padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6278marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6279with no-op instructions.
6280
6281The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6282it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6283directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6284specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6285fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6286required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6287with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6288
6289@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6290@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6291The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6292@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6293pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6294fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62952,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6296filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6297the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6298undefined.
6299
ccf8a69b
BW
6300@ifset ELF
6301@node PopSection
6302@section @code{.popsection}
6303
6304@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6305@cindex Section Stack
6306This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6307@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6308@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6309(@pxref{Previous}).
6310
6311This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6312section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6313stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6314@end ifset
6315
c91d2e08
NC
6316@ifset ELF
6317@node Previous
6318@section @code{.previous}
6319
c1253627 6320@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6321@cindex Section Stack
6322This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6323@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6324@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6325(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6326
6327This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6328referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6329@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6330subsections). For example:
6331
6332@smallexample
6333.section A
6334 .subsection 1
6335 .word 0x1234
6336 .subsection 2
6337 .word 0x5678
6338.previous
6339 .word 0x9abc
6340@end smallexample
6341
6342Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6343section A. Whilst:
6344
6345@smallexample
6346.section A
6347.subsection 1
6348 # Now in section A subsection 1
6349 .word 0x1234
6350.section B
6351.subsection 0
6352 # Now in section B subsection 0
6353 .word 0x5678
6354.subsection 1
6355 # Now in section B subsection 1
6356 .word 0x9abc
6357.previous
6358 # Now in section B subsection 0
6359 .word 0xdef0
6360@end smallexample
6361
6362Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6363section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6364
6365In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6366the top section on the section stack.
6367@end ifset
6368
252b5132
RH
6369@node Print
6370@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6371
6372@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6373@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6374assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6375
c91d2e08
NC
6376@ifset ELF
6377@node Protected
6378@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6379
c1253627
NC
6380@cindex @code{protected} directive
6381@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6382This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6383@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6384
6385This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6386their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6387@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6388components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6389component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6390this.
c91d2e08
NC
6391@end ifset
6392
252b5132
RH
6393@node Psize
6394@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6395
6396@cindex @code{psize} directive
6397@cindex listing control: paper size
6398@cindex paper size, for listings
6399Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6400number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6401
6402If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6403of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6404default width is 200 columns.
6405
a4fb0134 6406@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6407lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6408@code{.eject}).
6409
6410If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6411those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6412
6413@node Purgem
6414@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6415
6416@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6417Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6418expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6419
c91d2e08
NC
6420@ifset ELF
6421@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6422@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6423
c1253627 6424@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6425@cindex Section Stack
6426This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6427@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6428@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6429(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6430
e9863d7f
DJ
6431This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6432top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6433subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6434@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6435as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6436@end ifset
6437
252b5132
RH
6438@node Quad
6439@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6440
6441@cindex @code{quad} directive
6442@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6443each bignum, it emits
6444@ifclear bignum-16
6445an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6446warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6447@cindex eight-byte integer
6448@cindex integer, 8-byte
6449
6450The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6451hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6452@end ifclear
6453@ifset bignum-16
6454a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6455warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6456@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6457@cindex integer, 16-byte
6458@end ifset
6459
05e9452c
AM
6460@node Reloc
6461@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6462
6463@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6464Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6465@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6466the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6467symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6468@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6469absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6470targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6471relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6472section.
6473
252b5132
RH
6474@node Rept
6475@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6476
6477@cindex @code{rept} directive
6478Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6479@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6480
6481For example, assembling
6482
6483@example
6484 .rept 3
6485 .long 0
6486 .endr
6487@end example
6488
6489is equivalent to assembling
6490
6491@example
6492 .long 0
6493 .long 0
6494 .long 0
6495@end example
6496
808811a3
NC
6497A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6498allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6499
252b5132
RH
6500@node Sbttl
6501@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6502
6503@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6504@cindex subtitles for listings
6505@cindex listing control: subtitle
6506Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6507title line) when generating assembly listings.
6508
6509This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6510it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6511
6512@ifset COFF
6513@node Scl
6514@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6515
6516@cindex @code{scl} directive
6517@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6518@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6519Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6520used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6521whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6522symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6523@end ifset
6524
c1253627 6525@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6526@node Section
c1253627 6527@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6528
252b5132
RH
6529@cindex named section
6530Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6531named @var{name}.
6532
6533This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6534named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6535with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6536
c1253627
NC
6537@ifset COFF
6538@ifset ELF
6539@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6540@subheading COFF Version
6541@end ifset
6542
6543@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6544For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6545ways:
c91d2e08 6546
252b5132
RH
6547@smallexample
6548.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6549.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6550@end smallexample
6551
6552If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6553section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6554
252b5132
RH
6555@table @code
6556@item b
6557bss section (uninitialized data)
6558@item n
6559section is not loaded
6560@item w
6561writable section
6562@item d
6563data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6564@item e
6565exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6566@item r
6567read-only section
6568@item x
6569executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6570@item s
6571shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6572@item a
6573ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6574@item y
6575section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6576@item 0-9
6577single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6578@end table
6579
6580If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6581the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6582loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6583from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6584will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6585
6586If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6587taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6588@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6589
6590@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6591@ifset COFF
6592@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6593@subheading ELF Version
6594@end ifset
6595
c91d2e08
NC
6596@cindex Section Stack
6597This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6598@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6599(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6600@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6601
c1253627 6602@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6603For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6604
252b5132 6605@smallexample
7047dd1e 6606.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6607@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6608
451133ce
NP
6609@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6610@kindex --sectname-subst
6611@cindex section name substitution
6612If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6613argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6614at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6615
6616@smallexample
6617.macro exception_code
6618.section %S.exception
6619[exception code here]
6620.previous
6621.endm
6622
6623.text
6624[code]
6625exception_code
6626[...]
6627
6628.section .init
6629[init code]
6630exception_code
6631[...]
6632@end smallexample
6633
6634The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6635@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6636This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6637tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6638need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6639macros just for that purpose.
6640
252b5132 6641The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6642combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6643
252b5132
RH
6644@table @code
6645@item a
6646section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6647@item d
6648section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6649@item e
6650section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6651@item w
6652section is writable
6653@item x
6654section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6655@item M
6656section is mergeable
6657@item S
6658section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6659@item G
6660section is a member of a section group
6661@item T
6662section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6663@item ?
6664section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6665@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6666a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6667field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6668also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6669resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6670@item @code{<target specific>}
6671some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6672@end table
6673
9fb71ee4
NC
6674Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6675a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6676flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6677@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6678(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6679section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6680
252b5132 6681The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6682
252b5132
RH
6683@table @code
6684@item @@progbits
6685section contains data
6686@item @@nobits
6687section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6688@item @@note
6689section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6690@item @@init_array
6691section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6692@item @@fini_array
6693section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6694@item @@preinit_array
6695section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6696@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6697a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6698@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6699some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6700@end table
6701
9fb71ee4
NC
6702Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6703enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6704
ececec60
NC
6705Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6706ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6707@code{%} character.
6708
9fb71ee4
NC
6709Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6710special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6711type will generate an error from the assembler.
6712
22fe14ad 6713If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6714be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6715
6716@smallexample
6717.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6718@end smallexample
6719
6720Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6721constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6722@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6723@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6724the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6725absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6726which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6727@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6728@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6729
6730If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6731be present along with an additional field like this:
6732
6733@smallexample
6734.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6735@end smallexample
6736
6737The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6738particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6739
22fe14ad
NC
6740@table @code
6741@item comdat
6742indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6743@item .gnu.linkonce
6744an alias for comdat
6745@end table
6746
96e9638b 6747Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6748the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6749
6750@smallexample
6751.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6752@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6753
01642c12
RM
6754If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6755@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6756present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6757this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6758@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6759If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6760
252b5132
RH
6761If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6762the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6763none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6764executable. The section will contain data.
6765
6766For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6767directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6768
252b5132
RH
6769@smallexample
6770.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6771@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6772
252b5132
RH
6773Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6774separated flags:
eda683bb 6775
252b5132
RH
6776@table @code
6777@item #alloc
6778section is allocatable
6779@item #write
6780section is writable
6781@item #execinstr
6782section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6783@item #exclude
6784section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6785@item #tls
6786section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6787@end table
c91d2e08 6788
e9863d7f
DJ
6789This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6790contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6791some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6792work.
c1253627
NC
6793@end ifset
6794@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6795
6796@node Set
6797@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6798
6799@cindex @code{set} directive
6800@cindex symbol value, setting
6801Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6802changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6803@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6804flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6805
5d239759
NC
6806You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6807values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6808involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6809being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6810addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6811final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6812the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6813different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6814
6815If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6816file is the last value stored into it.
6817
3c9b82ba 6818@ifset Z80
6655dba2 6819On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use @code{.set} or
3c9b82ba
NC
6820@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6821@end ifset
6822
252b5132
RH
6823@node Short
6824@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6825
6826@cindex @code{short} directive
6827@ifset GENERIC
6828@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6829@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6830
6831In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6832numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6833@end ifset
6834@ifclear GENERIC
6835@ifset W16
6836@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6837@end ifset
6838@ifset W32
6839This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6840a 16 bit number for each.
6841@end ifset
6842@end ifclear
6843
6844@node Single
6845@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6846
6847@cindex @code{single} directive
6848@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6849This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6850has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6851@ifset GENERIC
6852The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6853@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6854@end ifset
6855@ifclear GENERIC
6856@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6857On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6858numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6859@end ifset
6860@end ifclear
6861
c1253627 6862@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6863@node Size
c1253627 6864@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6865
c1253627
NC
6866This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6867
6868@ifset COFF
6869@ifset ELF
6870@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6871@subheading COFF Version
6872@end ifset
6873
6874@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6875For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6876@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6877
6878@smallexample
6879.size @var{expression}
6880@end smallexample
252b5132 6881
c1253627 6882@end ifset
c91d2e08 6883
c1253627
NC
6884@ifset ELF
6885@ifset COFF
6886@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6887@subheading ELF Version
6888@end ifset
6889
6890@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6891For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6892
c1253627
NC
6893@smallexample
6894.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6895@end smallexample
6896
6897This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6898The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6899arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6900symbols.
c1253627
NC
6901@end ifset
6902@end ifset
252b5132 6903
252b5132
RH
6904@ifclear no-space-dir
6905@node Skip
340d33e5 6906@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6907
6908@cindex @code{skip} directive
6909@cindex filling memory
6910This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6911@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6912@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6913@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6914@end ifclear
252b5132 6915
ccf8a69b
BW
6916@node Sleb128
6917@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6918
6919@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6920@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6921compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6922symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6923
884f0d36 6924@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6925@node Space
340d33e5 6926@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6927
6928@cindex @code{space} directive
6929@cindex filling memory
6930This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6931@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6932and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6933as @samp{.skip}.
6934
6935@ifset HPPA
6936@quotation
6937@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6938targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6939Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6940@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6941for a summary.
6942@end quotation
6943@end ifset
6944@end ifclear
6945
252b5132
RH
6946@ifset have-stabs
6947@node Stab
6948@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6949
6950@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6951@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6952There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6953All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6954The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6955cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6956Up to five fields are required:
6957
6958@table @var
6959@item string
6960This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6961@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6962debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6963using this field.
6964
6965@item type
6966An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6967this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6968and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6969
6970@item other
6971An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6972low 8 bits of this expression.
6973
6974@item desc
6975An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6976bits of this expression.
6977
6978@item value
6979An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6980@end table
6981
6982If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6983or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6984you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6985compatible with earlier assemblers!
6986
6987@table @code
6988@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6989@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6990
6991The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6992It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6993null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6994strings.
6995
6996The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6997relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6998is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6999assembled.
7000
7001@cindex @code{stabn} directive
7002@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7003The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
7004
7005@cindex @code{stabs} directive
7006@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7007All five fields are specified.
7008@end table
7009@end ifset
7010@c end have-stabs
7011
7012@node String
38a57ae7 7013@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 7014"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
7015
7016@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
7017@cindex string8, copying to object file
7018@cindex string16, copying to object file
7019@cindex string32, copying to object file
7020@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 7021@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
7022@cindex @code{string8} directive
7023@cindex @code{string16} directive
7024@cindex @code{string32} directive
7025@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
7026
7027Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
7028one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
7029particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
7030You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
7031
01642c12 7032The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
7033the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
7034copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
7035are stored in target endianness byte order.
7036
7037Example:
7038@smallexample
7039 .string32 "BYE"
7040expands to:
7041 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
7042 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
7043@end smallexample
7044
7045
252b5132
RH
7046@node Struct
7047@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
7048
7049@cindex @code{struct} directive
7050Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
7051which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7052@smallexample
7053 .struct 0
7054field1:
7055 .struct field1 + 4
7056field2:
7057 .struct field2 + 4
7058field3:
7059@end smallexample
7060This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7061@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7062value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7063use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7064before further assembly.
7065
c91d2e08
NC
7066@ifset ELF
7067@node SubSection
7068@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7069
c1253627 7070@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7071@cindex Section Stack
7072This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7073@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7074@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7075(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7076
7077This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7078section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7079in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7080@end ifset
7081
252b5132
RH
7082@ifset ELF
7083@node Symver
7084@section @code{.symver}
7085@cindex @code{symver} directive
7086@cindex symbol versioning
7087@cindex versions of symbols
7088Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7089within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7090typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7091There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7092into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7093shared library.
7094
79082ff0 7095For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7096@smallexample
7097.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7098@end smallexample
339681c0 7099If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7100being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7101alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7102just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7103permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7104of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7105itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7106have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7107file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7108function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7109the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7110building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7111symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7112nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7113
7114If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7115references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7116reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7117symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7118
7119Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7120@smallexample
7121.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7122@end smallexample
7123In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7124the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7125difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7126references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7127
7128The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7129@smallexample
7130.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7131@end smallexample
7132When @var{name} is not defined within the
7133file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7134@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7135name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7136@end ifset
7137
7138@ifset COFF
7139@node Tag
7140@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7141
7142@cindex COFF structure debugging
7143@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7144@cindex @code{tag} directive
7145This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7146information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7147@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7148definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7149@end ifset
7150
7151@node Text
7152@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7153
7154@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7155Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7156the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7157expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7158is used.
7159
7160@node Title
7161@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7162
7163@cindex @code{title} directive
7164@cindex listing control: title line
7165Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7166source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7167
7168This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7169it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7170
c1253627 7171@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7172@node Type
c1253627
NC
7173@section @code{.type}
7174
7175This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7176
7177@ifset COFF
7178@ifset ELF
7179@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7180@subheading COFF Version
7181@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7182
7183@cindex COFF symbol type
7184@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7185@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7186For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7187@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7188
7189@smallexample
7190.type @var{int}
7191@end smallexample
7192
7193This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7194entry.
252b5132 7195
c1253627 7196@end ifset
c91d2e08 7197
c1253627
NC
7198@ifset ELF
7199@ifset COFF
7200@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7201@subheading ELF Version
7202@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7203
7204@cindex ELF symbol type
7205@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7206@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7207For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7208
7209@smallexample
7210.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7211@end smallexample
7212
7213This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7214function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7215supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7216compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7217
7218Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7219@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7220below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7221the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7222maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7223assemblers.
7224
7225The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7226
7227@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7228 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7229 .type <name>,#<type>
7230 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7231 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7232 .type <name>,"<type>"
7233@end smallexample
7234
7235The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7236
5671778d
NC
7237@table @gcctabopt
7238@item STT_FUNC
7239@itemx function
7240Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7241
d8045f23
NC
7242@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7243@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7244Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7245processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7246
5671778d
NC
7247@item STT_OBJECT
7248@itemx object
7249Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7250
7251@item STT_TLS
7252@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7253Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7254
7255@item STT_COMMON
7256@itemx common
7257Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7258
7259@item STT_NOTYPE
7260@itemx notype
7261Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7262
3e7a7d11
NC
7263@item gnu_unique_object
7264Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7265will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7266name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7267systems).
3e7a7d11 7268
5671778d
NC
7269@end table
7270
f2d4ba38
JB
7271Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7272result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7273this.
7274
5671778d 7275Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7276
c1253627
NC
7277@end ifset
7278@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7279
7280@node Uleb128
7281@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7282
7283@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7284@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7285compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7286symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7287
7288@ifset COFF
7289@node Val
7290@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7291
7292@cindex @code{val} directive
7293@cindex COFF value attribute
7294@cindex value attribute, COFF
7295This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7296records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7297entry.
252b5132
RH
7298@end ifset
7299
2e13b764 7300@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7301@node Version
7302@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7303
c1253627 7304@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7305This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7306formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7307@end ifset
2e13b764 7308
c91d2e08
NC
7309@ifset ELF
7310@node VTableEntry
7311@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7312
653cfe85 7313@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7314This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7315@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7316
c91d2e08
NC
7317@node VTableInherit
7318@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7319
653cfe85 7320@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7321This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7322@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7323parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7324parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7325@end ifset
2e13b764 7326
d190d046
HPN
7327@node Warning
7328@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7329@cindex warning directive
7330Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7331(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7332
c91d2e08
NC
7333@node Weak
7334@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7335
c1253627 7336@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7337This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7338@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7339
01642c12 7340On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7341directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7342@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7343
977cdf5a 7344On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7345When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7346alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7347
06e77878
AO
7348@node Weakref
7349@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7350
7351@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7352This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7353be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7354If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7355will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7356symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7357
7358The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7359assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7360symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7361resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7362had the references to the alias removed.
7363
7364The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7365within the assembler.
7366
252b5132
RH
7367@node Word
7368@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7369
7370@cindex @code{word} directive
7371This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7372separated by commas.
7373@ifclear GENERIC
7374@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7375For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7376@end ifset
7377@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7378For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7379@end ifset
7380@end ifclear
7381@ifset GENERIC
7382
7383The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7384depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7385@end ifset
7386
a8eb42a8 7387@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7388@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7389@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7390@cindex difference tables altered
7391@cindex altered difference tables
7392@quotation
7393@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7394@end quotation
7395
7396@ifset GENERIC
7397Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7398addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7399interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7400@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7401
7402@end ifset
7403In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7404@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7405Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7406compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7407directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7408@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7409creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7410This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7411first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7412of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7413table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7414contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7415@code{sym2}.
7416
7417If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7418secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7419@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7420long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7421and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7422minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7423entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7424
7425@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7426@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7427@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7428assembly language programmers.
7429@end ifset
7430@end ifset
7431@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7432
7ce98c16
NC
7433@ifclear no-space-dir
7434@node Zero
7435@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7436
7437@cindex @code{zero} directive
7438@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7439This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7440expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7441so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7442instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7443@end ifclear
7444
2b841ec2
AM
7445@ifset ELF
7446@node 2byte
ea86f534 7447@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7448@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7449@cindex two-byte integer
7450@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7451
e406e428
NC
7452This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7453are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7454is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7455section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7456in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7457bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7458at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7459value at link time.
7460
7461This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7462values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7463different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7464
8b1e5da1 7465This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7466
7467@node 4byte
ea86f534 7468@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7469@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7470@cindex four-byte integer
7471@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7472
e406e428
NC
7473Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7474long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7475
7476@node 8byte
ea86f534 7477@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7478@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7479@cindex eight-byte integer
7480@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7481
e21126b7 7482Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7483byte long bignum values into the output.
7484
2b841ec2
AM
7485@end ifset
7486
252b5132
RH
7487@node Deprecated
7488@section Deprecated Directives
7489
7490@cindex deprecated directives
7491@cindex obsolescent directives
7492One day these directives won't work.
7493They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7494@table @t
7495@item .abort
7496@item .line
7497@end table
7498
3a99f02f
DJ
7499@ifset ELF
7500@node Object Attributes
7501@chapter Object Attributes
7502@cindex object attributes
7503
7504@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7505into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7506Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7507point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7508requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7509passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7510hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7511generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7512newer generation at run-time.
7513
7514This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7515@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7516time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7517correctly.
7518
7519Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7520attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7521string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7522and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7523or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7524attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7525
7526Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7527The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7528
7529@menu
7530* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7531* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7532@end menu
7533
7534@node GNU Object Attributes
7535@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7536
7537The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7538with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7539
7540Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7541its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7542an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
75432} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7544architecture-dependent ones.
7545
7546@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7547
7548These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7549
7550@table @r
7551@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7552The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7553the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7554then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7555than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7556arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7557@end table
7558
7559@subsection MIPS Attributes
7560
7561@table @r
7562@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7563The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7564
7565@itemize @bullet
7566@item
75670 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7568@item
f179c512
MF
75691 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7570double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7571@item
75722 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7573@item
75743 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7575@item
f179c512
MF
75764 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7577floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7578number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7579@item
75805 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7581with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7582general-purpose registers.
7583@item
75846 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7585registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7586@item
75877 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7588registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7589direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7590@end itemize
7591@end table
7592
7593@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7594
7595@table @r
7596@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7597The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7598
7599@itemize @bullet
7600@item
76010 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7602@item
3c7b9897 76031 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7604@item
76052 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7606@item
76073 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7608@end itemize
7609
7610@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7611The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7612
7613@itemize @bullet
7614@item
76150 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7616@item
76171 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7618@item
76192 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7620@item
76213 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7622@end itemize
7623@end table
7624
643f7afb
AK
7625@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7626
7627@table @r
7628@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7629The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7630
7631@itemize @bullet
7632@item
76330 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7634@item
76351 for files using software vector ABI.
7636@item
76372 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7638@end itemize
7639@end table
7640
c0ea7c52
JL
7641@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7642
7643@table @r
7644@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7645The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7646
7647@itemize @bullet
7648@item
76490 for files not using the large memory model.
7650@item
76511 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7652data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7653@item
76542 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7655@end itemize
7656@end table
7657
3a99f02f
DJ
7658@node Defining New Object Attributes
7659@section Defining New Object Attributes
7660
7661If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7662will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7663mailing list.
7664
7665@itemize @bullet
7666@item
7667This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7668@item
7669The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7670@item
7671The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7672and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7673@item
7674Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7675@item
7676@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7677@item
7678GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7679@end itemize
7680
7681@end ifset
7682
252b5132
RH
7683@ifset GENERIC
7684@node Machine Dependencies
7685@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7686
7687@cindex machine dependencies
7688The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7689each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7690vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7691directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7692assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7693@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7694optimization.
7695
7696This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7697include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7698subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7699
7700@menu
a06ea964
NC
7701@ifset AARCH64
7702* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7703@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7704@ifset ALPHA
7705* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7706@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7707@ifset ARC
7708* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7709@end ifset
7710@ifset ARM
7711* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7712@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7713@ifset AVR
7714* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7715@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7716@ifset Blackfin
7717* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7718@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7719@ifset BPF
7720* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7721@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7722@ifset CR16
7723* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7724@end ifset
8bf549a8 7725@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7726* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7727@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7728@ifset CSKY
7729* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7730@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7731@ifset D10V
7732* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7733@end ifset
7734@ifset D30V
7735* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7736@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7737@ifset EPIPHANY
7738* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7739@end ifset
252b5132 7740@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7741* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7742@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7743@ifset HPPA
7744* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7745@end ifset
7746@ifset I80386
55b62671 7747* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7748@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7749@ifset IA64
7750* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7751@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7752@ifset IP2K
7753* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7754@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7755@ifset LM32
7756* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7757@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7758@ifset M32C
7759* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7760@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7761@ifset M32R
7762* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7763@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7764@ifset M680X0
7765* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7766@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7767@ifset M68HC11
7768* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7769@end ifset
7b4ae824 7770@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7771* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7772@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7773@ifset METAG
7774* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7775@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7776@ifset MICROBLAZE
7777* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7778@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7779@ifset MIPS
7780* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7781@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7782@ifset MMIX
7783* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7784@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7785@ifset MSP430
7786* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7787@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7788@ifset NDS32
7789* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7790@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7791@ifset NIOSII
7792* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7793@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7794@ifset NS32K
7795* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7796@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7797@ifset OPENRISC
7798* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7799@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7800@ifset PDP11
7801* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7802@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7803@ifset PJ
7804* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7805@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7806@ifset PPC
7807* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7808@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7809@ifset PRU
7810* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7811@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7812@ifset RISCV
7813* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7814@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7815@ifset RL78
7816* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7817@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7818@ifset RX
7819* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7820@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7821@ifset S390
7822* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7823@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7824@ifset SCORE
7825* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7826@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7827@ifset SH
7828* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7829@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7830@ifset SPARC
7831* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7832@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7833@ifset TIC54X
7834* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7835@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7836@ifset TIC6X
7837* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7838@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7839@ifset TILEGX
7840* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7841@end ifset
7842@ifset TILEPRO
7843* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7844@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7845@ifset V850
7846* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7847@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7848@ifset VAX
7849* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7850@end ifset
7851@ifset VISIUM
7852* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7853@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7854@ifset WASM32
7855* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7856@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7857@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7858* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7859@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7860@ifset XSTORMY16
7861* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7862@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7863@ifset XTENSA
7864* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7865@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7866@ifset Z80
7867* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7868@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7869@ifset Z8000
7870* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7871@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7872@end menu
7873
7874@lowersections
7875@end ifset
7876
7877@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7878@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7879@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7880@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7881@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7882@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7883@c in both conditional blocks.
7884
a06ea964
NC
7885@ifset AARCH64
7886@include c-aarch64.texi
7887@end ifset
7888
625e1353
RH
7889@ifset ALPHA
7890@include c-alpha.texi
7891@end ifset
7892
7893@ifset ARC
7894@include c-arc.texi
7895@end ifset
7896
252b5132
RH
7897@ifset ARM
7898@include c-arm.texi
7899@end ifset
7900
8473f7a4
DC
7901@ifset AVR
7902@include c-avr.texi
7903@end ifset
7904
3b4e1885 7905@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7906@include c-bfin.texi
7907@end ifset
7908
f8861f5d
JM
7909@ifset BPF
7910@include c-bpf.texi
7911@end ifset
7912
3d3d428f
NC
7913@ifset CR16
7914@include c-cr16.texi
7915@end ifset
7916
328eb32e
HPN
7917@ifset CRIS
7918@include c-cris.texi
7919@end ifset
7920
b8891f8d
AJ
7921@ifset CSKY
7922@include c-csky.texi
7923@end ifset
7924
c2dcd04e 7925@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7926@ifclear GENERIC
7927@node Machine Dependencies
7928@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7929
c2dcd04e 7930The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7931and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7932chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7933family.
7934
7935@menu
c2dcd04e 7936* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7937* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7938@end menu
7939@lowersections
7940@end ifclear
7941@end ifset
7942
7943@ifset D10V
7944@include c-d10v.texi
7945@end ifset
7946
7947@ifset D30V
7948@include c-d30v.texi
7949@end ifset
7950
cfb8c092
NC
7951@ifset EPIPHANY
7952@include c-epiphany.texi
7953@end ifset
7954
252b5132
RH
7955@ifset H8/300
7956@include c-h8300.texi
7957@end ifset
7958
252b5132
RH
7959@ifset HPPA
7960@include c-hppa.texi
7961@end ifset
7962
7963@ifset I80386
7964@include c-i386.texi
7965@end ifset
7966
9e32ca89
NC
7967@ifset IA64
7968@include c-ia64.texi
7969@end ifset
7970
a40cbfa3
NC
7971@ifset IP2K
7972@include c-ip2k.texi
7973@end ifset
7974
84e94c90
NC
7975@ifset LM32
7976@include c-lm32.texi
7977@end ifset
7978
49f58d10
JB
7979@ifset M32C
7980@include c-m32c.texi
7981@end ifset
7982
ec694b89
NC
7983@ifset M32R
7984@include c-m32r.texi
7985@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7986
7987@ifset M680X0
7988@include c-m68k.texi
7989@end ifset
7990
60bcf0fa
NC
7991@ifset M68HC11
7992@include c-m68hc11.texi
7993@end ifset
7994
7b4ae824
JD
7995@ifset S12Z
7996@include c-s12z.texi
7997@end ifset
7998
a3c62988
NC
7999@ifset METAG
8000@include c-metag.texi
8001@end ifset
8002
01642c12 8003@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
8004@include c-microblaze.texi
8005@end ifset
8006
252b5132
RH
8007@ifset MIPS
8008@include c-mips.texi
8009@end ifset
8010
3c3bdf30
NC
8011@ifset MMIX
8012@include c-mmix.texi
8013@end ifset
8014
2469cfa2
NC
8015@ifset MSP430
8016@include c-msp430.texi
8017@end ifset
8018
35c08157
KLC
8019@ifset NDS32
8020@include c-nds32.texi
8021@end ifset
8022
36591ba1
SL
8023@ifset NIOSII
8024@include c-nios2.texi
8025@end ifset
8026
252b5132
RH
8027@ifset NS32K
8028@include c-ns32k.texi
8029@end ifset
8030
1f041c6e
SH
8031@ifset OPENRISC
8032@include c-or1k.texi
8033@end ifset
8034
e135f41b
NC
8035@ifset PDP11
8036@include c-pdp11.texi
8037@end ifset
8038
041dd5a9
ILT
8039@ifset PJ
8040@include c-pj.texi
8041@end ifset
8042
418c1742
MG
8043@ifset PPC
8044@include c-ppc.texi
8045@end ifset
8046
93f11b16
DD
8047@ifset PRU
8048@include c-pru.texi
8049@end ifset
8050
4f7eddc4
PD
8051@ifset RISCV
8052@include c-riscv.texi
8053@end ifset
8054
b57e49f7
JW
8055@ifset RL78
8056@include c-rl78.texi
8057@end ifset
8058
046d31c2
NC
8059@ifset RX
8060@include c-rx.texi
8061@end ifset
8062
11c19e16
MS
8063@ifset S390
8064@include c-s390.texi
8065@end ifset
8066
c0157db4
NC
8067@ifset SCORE
8068@include c-score.texi
8069@end ifset
8070
252b5132
RH
8071@ifset SH
8072@include c-sh.texi
8073@end ifset
8074
8075@ifset SPARC
8076@include c-sparc.texi
8077@end ifset
8078
39bec121
TW
8079@ifset TIC54X
8080@include c-tic54x.texi
8081@end ifset
8082
40b36596
JM
8083@ifset TIC6X
8084@include c-tic6x.texi
8085@end ifset
8086
aa137e4d
NC
8087@ifset TILEGX
8088@include c-tilegx.texi
8089@end ifset
8090
8091@ifset TILEPRO
8092@include c-tilepro.texi
8093@end ifset
8094
b6605ddd
EB
8095@ifset V850
8096@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8097@end ifset
8098
8099@ifset VAX
8100@include c-vax.texi
8101@end ifset
8102
b6605ddd
EB
8103@ifset VISIUM
8104@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8105@end ifset
8106
f96bd6c2
PC
8107@ifset WASM32
8108@include c-wasm32.texi
8109@end ifset
8110
f6c1a2d5
NC
8111@ifset XGATE
8112@include c-xgate.texi
8113@end ifset
8114
6753e72f
NC
8115@ifset XSTORMY16
8116@include c-xstormy16.texi
8117@end ifset
8118
e0001a05
NC
8119@ifset XTENSA
8120@include c-xtensa.texi
8121@end ifset
8122
b6605ddd
EB
8123@ifset Z80
8124@include c-z80.texi
8125@end ifset
8126
8127@ifset Z8000
8128@include c-z8k.texi
8129@end ifset
8130
252b5132
RH
8131@ifset GENERIC
8132@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8133@raisesections
8134@end ifset
8135
8136@node Reporting Bugs
8137@chapter Reporting Bugs
8138@cindex bugs in assembler
8139@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8140
a4fb0134 8141Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8142
8143Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8144not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8145entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8146Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8147
8148In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8149information that enables us to fix the bug.
8150
8151@menu
8152* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8153* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8154@end menu
8155
8156@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8157@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8158@cindex bug criteria
8159
8160If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8161
8162@itemize @bullet
8163@cindex fatal signal
8164@cindex assembler crash
8165@cindex crash of assembler
8166@item
8167If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8168@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8169
8170@cindex error on valid input
8171@item
a4fb0134 8172If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8173
8174@cindex invalid input
8175@item
a4fb0134 8176If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8177is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8178be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8179
8180@item
8181If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8182of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8183@end itemize
8184
8185@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8186@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8187@cindex bug reports
8188@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8189
8190A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8191you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8192contact that organization first.
8193
8194You can find contact information for many support companies and
8195individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8196distribution.
8197
ad22bfe8 8198@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8199In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8200to @value{BUGURL}.
8201@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8202
8203The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8204@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8205fact or leave it out, state it!
8206
8207Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8208and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8209name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8210not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8211happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8212perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8213the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8214give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8215and the most helpful.
8216
8217Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8218it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8219that the bug has not been reported previously.
8220
8221Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8222bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8223respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8224You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8225
8226To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8227
8228@itemize @bullet
8229@item
a4fb0134 8230The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8231it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8232
8233Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8234the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8235
8236@item
a4fb0134 8237Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8238
8239@item
8240The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8241version number.
8242
8243@item
a4fb0134 8244What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8245``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8246
8247@item
8248The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8249observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8250all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8251
8252If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8253and then we might not encounter the bug.
8254
8255@item
8256A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8257the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8258high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8259when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8260the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8261file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8262@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8263
8264@item
8265A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8266incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8267
a4fb0134 8268Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8269will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8270notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8271make a mistake.
8272
8273Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8274explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8275@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8276library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8277would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8278would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8279expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8280observations.
8281
8282@item
a4fb0134 8283If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8284diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8285option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8286discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8287by line number.
8288
8289The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8290sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8291@end itemize
8292
8293Here are some things that are not necessary:
8294
8295@itemize @bullet
8296@item
8297A description of the envelope of the bug.
8298
8299Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8300which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8301changes will not affect it.
8302
8303This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8304will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8305with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8306We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8307
8308Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8309of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8310output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8311less time, and so on.
8312
8313However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8314report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8315
8316@item
8317A patch for the bug.
8318
8319A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8320the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8321a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8322to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8323
a4fb0134 8324Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8325construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8326the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8327one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8328
8329And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8330patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8331help us to understand.
8332
8333@item
8334A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8335
8336Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8337things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8338@end itemize
8339
8340@node Acknowledgements
8341@chapter Acknowledgements
8342
653cfe85 8343If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8344it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8345maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8346@c (October 2012),
8347the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8348
8349Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8350more details?}
8351
8352Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8353information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8354extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8355
8356K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8357many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8358up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8359testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8360including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8361and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8362support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8363port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8364file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8365assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8366
8367Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8368in format-specific I/O modules.
8369
8370The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8371has done much work with it since.
8372
8373The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8374
8375Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8376
8377The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8378University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8379
8380Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8381(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8382(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8383support a.out format.
8384
7be1c489
AM
8385Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8386tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8387Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8388use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8389targets.
8390
8391John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8392simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8393updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8394fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8395remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8396cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8397required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8398
8399Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
840068k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8401added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8402PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8403
653cfe85 8404Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8405
8406Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8407
8408Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8409along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8410formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8411the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8412
8413Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8414Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8415Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8416Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8417and some initial 64-bit support).
8418
c1253627 8419Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8420
252b5132
RH
8421Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8422support for openVMS/Alpha.
8423
39bec121
TW
8424Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8425flavors.
8426
e0001a05 8427David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8428Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8429
252b5132
RH
8430Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8431configuration enhancements.
8432
84e94c90
NC
8433Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8434
252b5132
RH
8435Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8436you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8437want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8438intentionally leaving anyone out.
8439
793c5807
NC
8440@node GNU Free Documentation License
8441@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8442@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8443
370b66a1
CD
8444@node AS Index
8445@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8446
8447@printindex cp
8448
252b5132
RH
8449@bye
8450@c Local Variables:
8451@c fill-column: 79
8452@c End:
This page took 1.510189 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.